Chevrolet S10

I
The Pucks Youcan

RependOn.
The Pucks That Last
1993
CHEVROLET
I0 PICK-UP
S
OWNER'S MANUAL
INTRODUCTION
f993 Chevrolet S f 0 Pickup

Owner's Manual
Welcome
Thismanualwaspre.pared to acquaintyouwiththeoperarlonand
maintenance of your 1993 Chevrolet S-10 Pickup and to .provide imponant
safetyinformation.ThereisalsoaChevroletTruckWarrantyandOwner
AssistanceInformationbooklet. In somevehicles,therecanbeinformation
manualsfromothermanufacturerslikebodybuildersorspecialequipment
companies.We urge you to reviewallthesepublicationscarefully.Thiswill
help you enjoy safe and trouble-free operation of your vehicle.
When it comes to service,keep in mind that yourChevroletdealerknows
yourvehiclebestand is interested in yourcompletesatisfaction. Your dealer
invites you to return for all ofyourserviceneeds both during and after the
warrantyperiod.
Remember, if youhaveaconcernandneedhelphandling it to your
satisfaction, see the procedure in' the Chevrolet Truck Warranty and Owner
AssistanceInformationbooklet.
Thanks for choosing a Chevrolet product. We value you as a member of the
Chevroletfamily. Wewant to assureyouofour continuing interest in your
pleasureandsatisfactionwithyourvehicle.
ChevroletMotorDivision
GeneralMotorsCorporation
30007 Van DykeAve.
Warren,Michigan
0 Copyright 7992 General Motors Corporation, Chevrolet Motor Division.

All Rights Reserved
Second Edition Printed in U.S.A.
Important Notes to OwnersandDrivers
. . . .AboutThisManual:Pleasekeepthismanual in yourvehicle, so it
willbethere if youeverneed it whenyou’reontheroad. If you sell the
vehicle,pleaseleavethismanual in it so the newownercanuseit.
Thismanualincludesthelatestinformationatthetimeitwasprinted. We
reserve the right to make changes in the product after that time without
furthernotice.Forvehiclesfirst sold in Canada,substitutethename“General
MotorsofCanadaLimited’’forChevroletMotorDivisionwhenever it appears
in thismanual.
. . . .ForCanadianOwnersWhoPreferaFrenchLanguageManual:
Auxproprietairescanadiens:Vouspouvezvousprocurerunexemplairede
ceguideenfrancaischezvotreconcessionaireouau DGN Marketing
Services Ltd., 1500 Bonhill Rd., Mississauga,OntarioL5T 1C7.
1
. ,
.i
_I.
.
+. ,
..
-
.- -
HEVROI _.
GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, Chevrolet, the Chevrolet Emblem,

and S-10 are registered trademarks of General Motors Corporation.
ii
~
Model Reference
This manual covers these models:
iii
TABLE OF CONT€NTS
How to Use this Manual
Comfort Confmls & Audio Sysfems
-.
, .
TO212
iv
Section
I ‘ I I
This section tells you how to use your manual and includes
safety and vehicle damage warnings and symbols.
This section tells you how to use your seats and safety belts
1 properly.
This section explains how to start and operate your vehicle.
’ This sectiontells you how to adjust the ventilation and comfort

controls and how to operate your audio system,
Here you’ll find helpful information and tips about the road and
how to drive under different conditions.
This section tells you what to do if you have a problem while

driving, such as a flat tire or engine overheating.
’ Here the manual tells youhow to keepyour vehicle running

properly and looking good.
~
7
~~~~~ ~
1
~ ~
This section tells you when to perform vehicle maintenance and
what fluids and lubricants to use.
This sectiontells you how to contact your GM division for

assistance and how to get service publications. It also gives
you information on “Reporting SafetyDefects”,
Here’san alphabetical listing of almost every subject in this

I manual.Youcan line it toquicklyfind something youwant to
read.
Illrcl.
TO210
V
How To Use This Manual
Manypeoplereadtheirowner’smanualfrombeginning to endwhen theyfirst

receivetheirnewvehicle.Thiswillhelpyoulearnaboutthefeaturesand
controlsforyourvehicle. In thismanual,you’ll find thatpicturesandwords
work together to explain things quickly.
INDEX:Agoodplace to look forwhatyouneed is the Index in back of the
manual.It’sanalphabeticallist of allthat’sinthemanual,andthepage
numberwhere you’ll find it.
SECTIONS 1-6: Eachsection of thismanualbeginswithabrieflist of its
contents, so youcan often find ataglance if asectioncontainsthe
informationyouwant.
SECTION 7: Thissection of themanualcoversthemaintenancerequiredfor
your vehicle.
SECTION 8: CUSTOMER A -3lSTANCE: This section includes important
informationaboutReportingSafetyDefectsandgivesyoudetailsaboutthe
“RoadsideAssistance”program. You willalso find customersatisfactionphone
numbers(includingcustomersatisfactionnumbersforthehearingandspeech
impaired)aswellasthe mediatiodarbitration procedure. We’ve alsoincluded
orderinginformationfor service publications in thissection.
0-1
Safety Warnings and Symbols
You willfindanumber of safetycautions in this book.Weuseyellow and
theword CAUTION totellyouaboutthingsthat could hurtyou if youwere to
ignore the warning.
. -.
I
In theyellowcautionarea, we tellyou what thehazardis.Then we tell you
what to do to helpavoid orreducethehazard.Pleasereadthesecautions.If
youdon’t,youorotherscouldbehurt.
You willalsofindaredcirclewithaslashthroughit in thisbook.Thissafetv
symbolmeans“Don’t’’,“Don’t do this”, or“Don’tletthishappen.”
..
AM002002
i‘
0-2
Vehicle Damage Warnings
Also, in this book you willfindthesebluenotices:
NOTICE I
In thebluenoticearea, we tell you aboutsomethingthatcandamageyour
vehicle.Manytimes, this damagewouldnotbecoveredbyyourwarranty,and
itcouldbecostly.But the noticewill tell youwhatto do tohelpavoidthe
damage.
Whenyoureadothermanuals,youmightseeCAUTIONandNOTICE
warningsindifferentcolorsorindifferentwords. In thismanual,we’veused
thefamiliarwordsandcolorsthatGeneralMotorshasusedforyears.
You’llalsoseewarninglabelsonyourvehicle.Theyusethesamecolors.
and the wordsCAUTIONorNOTICE.
0-3
Vehicle Symbols,
These are some of the symbols youwill findon your vehicle.For example,
these symbols are used on an original battery:
A ~ ~~
Caution Protect Eyes Caustic Battery Acid park or Flame Could

Possible Injury by Shielding Could Cause Burns Explode Battery
L I
Avoid Sparks
or Flames
These symbols are important for you and your passengers wheneveryour
vehicle is driven:
1 J I I
fasten Safety
Door Lock/Unlock
Belts
PO335
0-4
Thesesymbolshaveto do with your lights.
r
- q-
‘ I
Master Lighting
Switch
ITurn Signal
Direction
A
Hazard
Warning
Flasher
IHeadlight
High Beam
Parking Lights
u Daytime f o g Lights
Running Lights
Thesesymbolsareonsome of yourcontrols:
Windshield Windshield
2
Windshield Hood Release
Washer Defroster Wiper
0
Ventilating Fan Off
0-5 PO342
Thesesymbolsareusedonwarningandindicatorlights.
I
Engine Coolant Battery Charging Fuel Engine Oil
Temperature System Pressure
BRAKE
BRAKE SHIFT
Brake Brake Shift Light
(Digital Cluster) (Standard Cluster)
Here are someothersymbols you maysee.
Lighter Fuse
PO343
0-6
. Seats & Safety Belts
Section
Hereyou’ll find informationabouttheseatsinyourvehicleandhowtouse

your safety belts properly . You can also learn about some things you should
not do with safety belts .
Seats and Seat Controls ...................................................................................... 1-2
Head Restraints .................................................................................................1-7
Safety Belts: They’re For Everyone .................................................................... 1-7
Why Safety Belts Work ..................................................................................... 1-9
QuestionsManyPeopleAskAboutSafetyBelts ......................................... 1-12
How To Wear Safety Belts Properly ................................................................. 1-14
Adults ................................................................................................................... 1-14
Driver Position....................................... ........I.................................................. 1-14
Lap-Shoulder Belt......................................................................................... 1-15
Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy ................................................................ 1-20
Right Front Passenger Position ...................................................................... 1-21
Center Passenger Position ............................................................................. 1-21
Lap Belt ........................................................................................................1-22
RearSeatPassenger f ;ition ....................................................................... 1-23
Children ........... .................................................................................................... 1-24
~I
Smaller Children and Babies ..........................................................................1-24

Child Restraints ............................................................................................ 1-26
Larger Children ................................................................................................1-32
Safety Belt Extender ...........................................................................................1-35
Checking Your Restraint Systems......................................................................1-35
Replacing Safety Belts After a Crash ..............................................................1-35
e
1-1
Seats & Safety Belts
Seats and Seat Controls
Thissectiontellsyouabouttheseats-how to adjustthem,andfoldthemup
anddown.
Front Seats
You canlosecontrol of thevehicle if youtrytoadjustamanual

1 driver’sseatwhilethevehicleismoving.Thesuddenmovement
couldstartleandconfuseyou,ormakeyoupush a pedalwhenyou
don’twant to. Adjustthedriver’sseatonlywhenthevehicleisnot
mov I.
Manual Front‘ Seat

-
KO302
Movetheleverunderthefront of theseattowardyourdoortounlock it.

Slidetheseat to whereyouwantit.Thenreleasetheleverandtry to move
theseatwithyourbody,tomakesuretheseatislockedintoplace.
Reclining Front Seatbacks (Bucket Seats or 60140
Split-Bench)
To adjusttheseatback, lift the lever on theouterside of theseat.Release

thelever to lock the se’atbackwhereyouwantit.Pull up ontheleverand
theseat will gotoanuprightposition.
Butdon’thaveaseatbackreclined if yourvehicle is moving.
I
Sitting in areclinedpositionwhenyourvehicleis in motioncan I:
dangerous.Even if youbuckleup,yoursafetybeltscan’t do their JL
whenyou’rereclinedlikethis
Theshoulderbeltcan’t do its jobbecause it won’tbeagainstyour
body. Instead, it willbe in front of ;--u. In acrashyoucoul 2” into
it, receivingneckorotherinjuries.
The lap beltcan’t do itsjob,either. In acrashthebeltcould go
overyourabdomen.Thebeltforceswouldbethere,notatyour
pelvicbones.This could causeseriousinternalinjuries.
For properprotectionwhenthevehicleisinmotion,havethe
seatbackupright.Then,sitwellback in theseatandwearyour
safetvbelt DroDerlv.
1-3
-
AN1 01021
Manual Lumbar Adjustment
PO326
If youhavethisfeature,therewillbeaknobwithsixsettingsontheoutside
of thedriverandpassengerbucketseats.
Turntheknobcounter-clockwise to increaselumbarsupportandclockwise to
decrease lumbar support.
Fronf Seafback Latches
Thefrontseatbackfoldsforwardtoletpeoplegetintothebackseatorreach
thestorageareabehindtheseat. Yourseatbackwillmovebackand forth
freely,unlessyoucome to asuddenstop.Then it willlock in place.
1-4
KO303
There’sonetime the seatbackmaynotfoldwithoutsomehelpfromyou.

That’s if yourvehicle is parkedgoingdownafairlysteephill.
To fold afrontseatbackforward,pushtheseatbacktowardtherearasyou
lift thislatch.Thentheseatbackwillfoldforward.Thelatchmust be downfor
the seat to workproperly.
Easy Entry Seat (Extended Cab)
KO304
The right front bucket or split-bench seat of your vehicle makes it easy to get
inandout of the rear vehicle area.
1-5
Whenyou tilttherightfrontseatbackfullyforward,thewholeseatwill
slide forward.
Aftersomeonegetsintotherearseatarea,movetherightfront
seatback to itsoriginalposition.Thenmovetheseatrearwarduntil it
locks.
1 CAUTION
, an
Ifeasyentryrightfrontseatisn'tlocked, it canmove. In a I
suddenstoporcrash,thepersonsittingtherecouldbeinjured.After
you'veusedit,besure to pushrearwardonan easyentryseat to
besureitislocked.
To getout,again tilt theseatbackfullyforward.

Jump Seat (Extended Cab Models)
I
KO808
Your extendedcabpickupmayhavejumpseats in the reararea. To fold the

jumpseatdown,pulldownonthehandleonthebottomoftheseatuntilthe
seat is in place. To storetheseat,push it upuntil it isflushwiththetrim
panels.Don'tletthesafetybeltsbedamagedbythehingesorthelatches.
1-6
Head Restraints
AN1 Oru I i
Slidetheheadrestraint upordown so thatthetop of therestraint is closest

to thetop of yourears.Thispositionreducesthechance of aneckinjury in
a crash.
Safety Belts: They9reFor Everyone
Thispart of themanualtellsyouhow to usesafetybeltsproperly.Italsotells
yousomethingsyoushouldnot do withsafetybelts.
CAUTION
Don’tletanyoneridewheretheycan’twearasafetybeltproperly. If
A youare in acrashandyou’renotwearingasafetybelt,yourinjuries
canbe much worse.Youcan hitthingsinsidethevehicle orbe
ejectedfromit. You canbeseriouslyinjured or killed. In thesame
crash,youmightnotbe if youarebuckledup.Alwaysfastenyour
safetybeltandcheckthatyourpassenaers’beltsarefastened
properly,too.
1-7
AM110001
Thisfigurelights upwhenyou turnthe keyto RUN or START whenyour

safetybeltisn’tbuckled,andyou’llhearachime,too.It’sthereminder to
buckleup.In many statesandCanadianprovinces,thelawsays to wear
safetybelts.Here’swhy: They work.
You neverknow if you’llbe in acrash. If you do haveacrash,youdon’t
know if it willbe a badone.
Afewcrashesareverymild. In them,youwon’tgethurteven if you’renot
buckledup.Andsomecrashescanbe so serious,likebeinghit by atrain,
thatevenbuckledupapersonwouldn’tsurvive.Butmostcrashesare in
between. In manyofthem,peoplewhobuckleupcansurviveandsometimes
walkaway.Without belts they could be badly hurt orkilled.
1-8
I
After 25 years of safety beltsin vehicles,thefacts are clear. In most crashes
buckling up does matter . . . a lot!
AN110023
Why Safety Belts Work
AM115001 AM115002
Whenyourideinoronanything,yougoasfastasitgoes.Forexample, if
thebike is going 10 mph (16 km/h), so isthechild.Whenthebikehitsthe
block,itstops.Butthe child keepsgoing!
1-9
Seats 4ik Safety Belts
AM11 5003 AM115004
Take thesimplest“vehicle”.Supposeit’sjustaseatonwheels.Putsomeone
on it.
.. A
AM115005
Get it uptospeed.Thenstopthe“vehicle”.Theriderdoesn’tstop.
1-1 0
.
AM115006
Thepersonkeepsgoinguntilstoppedbysomething.In a realvehicle,it
couldbethewindshield ...
1-11
AM115008
or the safety belts!

Withsafetybelts,youslowdownasthevehicledoes. Yougetmoretime to
stop. You stop over more distance, and your strongest bones take the forces.
That‘swhysafetybeltsmakesuchgoodsense.
Here Are Questions Many People Ask About Safety
Belts-and the Answers
Q: Won’t I betrappedinthevehicleafteranaccident if I’m wearinga
safety belt?
A: Youcouldbe-whetheryou’rewearing asafetybeltornot.Butyoucan
easilyunbuckleasafetybelt,even if you’reupsidedown.Andyourchance of
beingconsciousduringandafteranaccident, so youcanunbuckleandget
out,ismuchgreater if youarebelted.
Q: Why don’ttheyjustput in air bags so people won’t have to wear
safetybelts?
A: “Air bags,”orSupplementalInflatableRestraintsystems,are in some
vehicles today and will be in moreofthem in thefuture.Buttheyare
supplemental systems only - so theyworkwithsafetybelts,notinsteadof
them.Every“airbag”systemeverofferedforsalehasrequiredtheuse of
safetybelts.Evenifyou’re in avehiclethathas“airbags,’’you still have to
buckle up to get the most protection. That’s true not only in frontal collisions,
but especially in side and other collisions.
1-1 2
Q: IfI’ma good driver,and I neverdrivefarfromhome,why should I
wearsafetybelts?
A: Youmayheanexcellentdriver,butifyou’re in anaccident - evenone
thatisn’tyourfault - youandyourpassengerscanbehurt.Beingagood
driverdoesn’tprotectyoufromthingsbeyondyourcontrol,suchasbad
drivers.
Mostaccidentsoccurwithin 25 miles (40 km)ofhome.And thegreatest
number of seriousinjuriesanddeathsoccuratspeeds of lessthan 40 mph
(65 km/h).
Safetybeltsareforeveryone.
Safety Belt Reminder Light
. .. ..-
KO286
Whenthekeyisturned to RUN or START, alight will comeonforabout

eightseconds to remindpeople to fastentheirsafetybelts.Unlessthedriver’s
safetybelt is buckled,achimewill also sound.
1-1 3
How To Wear Safety Belts Properly
Adults
Thispart is onlyforpeople of adultsize.
Therearespecialthings to knowaboutsafetybeltsandchildren.And
L, there are different rules for babies and smaller children. If a child will
beridinginyourvehicle,seethepartafterthisone,called
“Children”.Followtheserulesforeveryone’sprotection.
First,you’llwant to knowwhichrestraintsystemsyourvehiclehas.We’llstart
with the driver position.
Driver Position
Thispartdescribesthedriver’srestraintsystem.
KO824
1-14
Lap-Shoulder Belt
AN1 201 65
Thedriverhasalap-shoulderbelt.Here’showtowear it properly.
1. Closeandlockthedoor.
2. Adjust theseat(tosee how, see“Seats” in theIndex) so youcansit
up straight.
AM120077
3. Pickup the latchplateand pull thebeltacrossyou.Don’tlet it get

twisted.
4. Pushthelatchplateintothebuckleuntil it clicks.
1-1 5
I
If thebeltisn’tlongenough,see“SafetyBeltExtender”attheend of this
section.
Makesurethereleasebuttononthebucklefacesupward oroutward so you
wouldbeabletounbuckle it quickly if youeverhad to.
AM120007
Thelappart of thebeltshouldbelowandsnugonthehips,justtouching
thethighs.Inacrash,thisappliesforcetothestrongpelvicbones.And
you’dbelesslikely to slideunderthelapbelt. If you slid under it, thebelt
wouldapplyforceatyourabdomen.Thiscouldcauseseriousoreven fatal
injuries. The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest.
These parts of the body are best able to take belt restraining forces.
The safety belt locks if there’sasudden stop or a crash.
. ,..
1-1 6
Q: mg with is?
,.
AM120015
A: Theshoulderbeltistooloose.Itwon’tgivenearlyasmuchprotectionthis
way.
You canbeseriouslyhurt if yourshoulderbelt is tooloose. In a

crashyouwouldmoveforwardtoomuch, which couldincreaseinjury.
should
shoulder
The
belt
Q: What’swrongwiththis?
-
fit against
your body. I
AM120016
A: The belt is buckled in the wrong, place.
1-1 7
Seats & Safety Belts A
I I
I
A You can be seriously injured if your belt is buckled in thewrong
place likethis. In acrash,thebeltwould
Thebeltforceswouldbethere,not
go upoveryourabdomen.
at thepelvicbones.This could
cause serious internal injuries. Alwaysbuckleyourbeltinto the
J buckle
nearest you.
Q: What’swrongwiththis?
I
AM125001
A: Theshoulderbeltiswornunderthearm. It shouldbewornoverthe
shoulderat all times.
CAUTION 1
Youcan beseriouslyinjured if youweartheshoulderbeltunderyour
arm. In acrash,yourbody would movetoofarforward,whichwould
3 increasethechance of headandneckinjury. Also, thebeltwould
gy,;
applytoomuchforce to theribs,whicharen’tasstrong as shoulder
bones.You couldalsoseverelyinjureinternalorganslikeyourliver
or spleen.
1-1 8
Q: What'swrongwiththis?
AM125002
CAUTION
I You canbeseriouslyinjuredby a twistedbelt. In acrash,you I
h wouldn'thavethefullwidthofthebelt to spreadimpactforces. If a
belt is twisted, make it .straight so it canworkproperly,oraskyour
I dealer to it.fix
To unlatchthebelt,justpushthebuttononthebuckle.Thebeltshouldgo
backoutoftheway.
-
AM1 20060
1-1 9
Seafs & Safefy Belts
Beforeyouclosethedoor,besurethebeltisoutoftheway. If youslam
thedooron it, youcandamageboththebeltandyourvehicle.
Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy
' t
Safetybeltsworkforeveryone,includingpregnantwomen.Like all occupants,

theyaremorelikelytobeseriouslyinjured if theydon'twearsafetybelts. A
pregnantwomanshouldwearalap-shoulderbeltandthelapportionshould
bewornaslowaspossiblethroughoutthepregnancy.
Thebest way toprotectthefetus is toprotectthemother.When asafety
beltiswornproperly,it'smorelikelythatthefetuswon'tbehurtin a crash.
Forpregnantwomen,asforanyone,thekeytomakingsafetybeltseffective
is wearingthemproperly.
KO833
The right front passenger's safety belt works the same way as thedriver's
safetybelt.See"DriverPosition,"earlier in thispart.
Whenthelapportion of thebeltis puled out all the way, itwilllock. If it
does,let it gobackallthewayandstartagain.
CenterPassengerPosition(BenchSeat) a
KO891
If yourvehiclehasabenchseat,someonecansitinthecenterposition.
Lap Belt
AM145014Rl AM
Whenyousitin a centerseatingposition,youhave a lapsafetybelt,which

hasnoretractor. To makethebeltlonger,tiltthelatchplateand pull italong
thebelt.
To makethebeltshorter,pull its freeendasshownuntilthe belt issnug.
Buckle, position and release it thesamewayasthe lappart of a
lap-shoulder b h .
If thebeltisn’tlongenough,see“SafetyBeltExtender’’attheend of this
section.
Makesurethereleasebuttononthebucklefacesupwardoroutward so you
wouldbeabletounbuckle it quickly if youeverhadto.
1-22
I
... .
Rear'S a t Passengers:(Extended Cab Jump Seats)
KO841
Theseare reserve seatingpositionsequ'ippedwithlapbelts only. It's very

importantforrearseatpassengars to buckle up! Alccident statistics show that
unbeltedpeople in therearseatarehurtmoreoften in crashesthanthose
who are we,aring safetybelts.
Rearpassengerswhoaren'tsafelybeltedcanbethrownoutofthevehicle in
acrash.Andtheycanstrikeothers in thevehicle whoarewearingsafety
belts.
3AM147141 AN147
Eachjumpseathasa lap beltwithnoretractor. To make thebeltlonger, tilt

thelatchplatealittleand pull thebelt.
1-23
To makeitshorter,pullthebeltasshownuntil it is snug.Buckle,position
andreleaseitthesamewayasthelappart of thedriver’ssafetybelt(see
“DriverPosition”intheIndex.)Makesurethebucklefacesupward or
outward so youwouldbeabletounbuckleitquickly if youever had to.
Don’tusechildrestraintsontheseseats.Theywon’tworkproperly.
Childmn
AM150004Rl
Everyone in avehicleneedsprotection!Thatincludesinfantsand all children

smallerthanadultsize.Infact,thelawineverystateandCanadianprovince
sayschildrenup to someagemustberestrainedwhileinavehicle.
Smaller Children and Babies
A Smallerchildrenandbabiesshouldalwaysberestrainedinachild
infantrestraint.Theinstructionsfortherestraintwillsaywhether
therighttypeandsize for your child. A veryyoungchild’shipbones
or
it is
are so smallthataregularbeltmightnotstaylowonthehips,as it
should.Instead,thebeltwilllikelybeoverthechild’sabdomen. In a
crashthebeltwouldapplyforcerightonthechild’sabdomen,which
couldcauseserious or fatalinjuries. So, besurethatanychildsmall
enoughforoneisalwaysproperlyrestrainedinachild or infant
restraint.
1-24
i
AM150035
A Neverholdababy in yourarmswhileriding in avehicle. A baby

doesn’tweighmuch-untilacrash.Duringacrashababywill
become so heavyyoucan’tholdit. For example, in acrashatonly
25 mph (40 kmlh), a 12-pound (5.5 kg)babywillsuddenlybecomea
240-pound (110 kg) force on yourarms.Thebabywouldbealmost
impossible to hold.
Securethebaby in aninfantrestraint.
1-25
Child Restraints
Besure to follow the instructions for the restraint. Youmay findthese
instructions on therestraintitself or in abooklet,orboth.Theserestraints
usethebeltsystem in yourvehicle,butthechildalsohas to besecured
withintherestraint to helpreducethechance ofpersonalinjury.The
instructions that come with the infant or childrestraintwillshowyouhow to
do that.
Thechildrestraintmustbesecuredproperlyinthecenter(except60/40
benchseat)orrightfrontpassengerseat. If youhavea60/40split-bench
seat,youmustusetherightfrontpassengerseat.
I CAUTION
A Anunsecuredchildrestraintcanmovearoundinacollision
suddenstopandinjurepeople
or
in thevehicle.Besure to properly
secureanychildrestraint in your vehicle-even whennochildis in
it.
~~
Top Strap
AN155001
If yourchildrestrainthasa top strap, it shouldbeanchored. If youneed to

haveananchorinstalled,youcanaskyour GM dealer to put it in for you. If
youwant to install an anchor yourself, your dealer can tell you how to do it.
1-26
Securing a Child Restraint in the Center Front Seat Position
(Bench Seat-Except 60140 Split-Bench Seat)
KO891
Don’tuse childrestraints in thecenterposition of a 60/40 split-benchseat.

Whenyousecure a childrestraint in acenterseatingposition,you’llbeusing
thelapbelt.Seetheearlierpartaboutthetopstrap if the child restraint has
one.
1. Makethebeltaslongaspossiblebytiltingthelatchplateandpulling it
alongthebelt.
AN163060
1-27
2. Puttherestraintontheseat. Follow theinstructionsforthechild
restraint.
c
3. Securethechild in thechildrestraint as theinstructionssay.
4. Run thevehicle’ssafetybeltthrough or aroundtherestraint.The child
restraintinstructionswillshowyou how.
AM163061
5. Bucklethebelt.Makesurethereleasebuttonfacesupwardoroutward,
so you’llbeabletounbuckle it quickly if youeverneedto.
6. To tightenthebelt,pullitsfreeendwhileyoupush downonthe child
restraint.
7. Pushand pull thechildrestraintindifferentdirections to besure it is
secure.Ifthechildrestraintisn’tsecure,turnthelatchplateoverand
buckleitagain.Thensee if itissecure. If itisn’t,securetherestraintin
a different place in the vehicle and contact the child restraint maker for
their advice.
To removethechildrestraint,justunbucklethevehicle’ssafe&belt. It will be
ready to work for an adult or larger child passenger,
I .
.. .
1-28
.
. .’ .
. .. . .
Jump Seats (Extended Cab) d y&&E:3‘&,&&?&*-
Dlon’tusechildrestraintsinthesepositions.Therestraintswon’twork ..a*--
,A,, l
properly. f j
60/40 Split-Bench Seat

Don’t use a child restraint in this position. The restraint won’t work properly.
Securing a Child Restraint in the Right Front Seat Position
KO833
You’ll be using the lap-shoulder belt. Seetheearlierpartaboutthetopstrap

if the child restrainthasone.
1. Puttherestraintontheseat.Followtheinstructionsforthechild
restraint.
2. Securethe child in the child restraintastheinstructions say.
3. Pulloutthevehicle’ssafetybeltandrunthelappartthroughoraround
thechildrestraint.Thechildrestraintinstructions will showyouhow.See
if the shoulder belt would go in front of the child’s face or neck. If so,
put it behindthechildrestraint.
!
AN165021
1-30
4. Bucklethebelt.Makesure the- release button facesupwardoroutward,
so you'll be able to unbuckle it quickly if youeverneed to.
5. Pullthe rest of thelap belt allthe way out of theretractor to setthe
lock.
AN165148 AN1 65027
6. To tightenthebelt,feedthelapbeltbackintotheretractorwhile you
pushdownonthechildrestraint.
AN165146
7. Pushandpullthe child restraint in differentdirectionsto be sure it is

secure.
1-31
If you'reusingabucketseat,adjusttheseatforwarduntilthelapportion of
thesafetybeltholdstherestraintfirmly.But,don'tmove it anymorethan
needed to tightenthelapbelt.
To removethechildrestraint,unbucklethevehicle'ssafetybeltandlet it go .
..-.
..
backallthe way. Thesafetybelt will movefreelyagainandbereadytowork :.'

i,.
r:
foranadultorlargerchildpassenger. !-1
..
i.
Larger Children
. .
..
I/
AN170071
Childrenwhohaveoutgrownchildrestraintsshouldwearthevehicle'ssafety
belts. If youhavethechoice,achildshouldsitnexttoawindowsothechild
canwearalap-shoulderbeltandgettheadditionalrestraintashoulderbelt
canprovide.
Childrenwhoaren'tbuckledupcanbethrownoutinacrash.
132
PO355
Childrenwhoaren’tbuckledcanstrikeotherpeople who are.

I
AM170052
Never do this.
A Here two children are wearing the same belt. The belt can’t properly
spreadtheimpactforces. In a crash,the two childrencanbe
crushedtogetherandseriouslyinjured. A beltmustbeusedbyonly
onepersonat a time.
1-33
f
Q: Whatifa child is wearingalap-shoulderbelt,butthechildis so
smallthattheshoulderbelt is veryclosetothechild’sfaceorneck?
A: Movethechildtowardthecenter ofthe vehicle,butbesurethatthe
shoulderbeltstill is onthechild’sshoulder, so that in acrashthechild’s
upperbodywouldhavetherestraintthatbeltsprovide. If thechildis so small
thattheshoulderbelt still isveryclosetothechild’sfaceorneck,youmight
want to placethechildinaseatthathasalapbelt, if yourvehiclehasone.
I ’ -
. - AM170051
Never do this.
A Here a child is sitting in a seat that has a lap-shoulder belt, but the
shoulderpartisbehindthechild. If thechildwearsthebelt in this
way, inacrashthechildmightslideunderthebelt.Thebelt’sforce
wouldthenbeappliedrightonthechild’sabdomen.Thatcould
causeseriousorfatalinjuries.
Whereverthechildsits,thelapportionofthebeltshouldbewornlowand
snug on the hips, just touching the child’s thighs. This applies belt force to
thechild’spelvicbonesin a crash.
1-34
Safety Belt Extender
If thevehicle’ssafetybeltwillfastenaroundyou,youshoulduseit.
Butif a safetybeltisn’tlongenoughtofasten,yourdealerwillorderyouan
extender.It’sfree.Whenyougoin to orderit,taketheheaviestcoatyouwill
wear, so theextenderwillbelongenoughforyou.Theextenderwillbejust
foryou,andjustfortheseat in your vehicle that you choose. Don’t let
someoneelseuseit,anduseitonlyfortheseat it ismadetofit. To wearit,
justattachittotheregularsafetybelt.
Checking Your Restraint Systems
Nowandthen,makesureallyourbelts,buckles,latchplates,retractors,
anchoragesandremindersystemsareworkingproperly.Lookforanyloose
partsordamage. If youseeanythingthatmightkeeparestraintsystemfrom
doingitsjob,haveitrepaired.
Replacing Safety Belts After a Crash
If you’vehad a crash, do youneednewbelts?
Afteraveryminorcollision,nothingmaybenecessary.Butifthebeltswere
stretched,astheywould be ifwornduring a moreseverecrash,thenyou
neednewbelts.
If youeverseealabelonarightfrontsafetybeltthatsaystoreplacethe
belt,besure to do so. Thenitwillbethere to helpprotectyou in an
accident. You wouldseethislabelonthebeltnearthedooropening.
AM177001
1-35
If belts arecut ordamaged,replacethem. Collisiondamagealsomaymean
youwill havetohavesafetybeltparts,liketheretractor,replacedor
anchoragelocationsrepaired-even if thebeltwasn'tbeingusedatthetime
of the collision.
Q: What'swrongwiththis?
I
AP125004
I CAUTION
Tornor frayedbelts maynotprotectyou in acrash.Theycanrip
apartunderimpactforces. If a belt is torn orfrayed,getanewone
right away.
Before replacing any safety belt, see your dealer for the correct part number.
. -
:i
You'llneedthemodelyearandmodelnumberforyourvehicle.Themodel
year is onyour title andregistration.Andyoucanfindthemodelnumberon
the certificationltire label ofyourvehicle.
. .
. 1
' .
8 :
1-36 _....
A
F
K2447
Themodelnumberonthereplacementbeltmustbelistedonthesafetybelt
youwant to replace.
1-37
Features & Controls
Hereyoucanlearnaboutthemanystandardandoptionalfeatures on your
vehicle,andinformationonstarting,shifting,andbraking.Alsoexplainedare
theinstrumentpaneland the warningsystemsthat tell you if everything is
workingproperly-andwhat to do if youhaveaproblem.
For explanation of vehicle symbols, referto“Vehicle Symbols” in
Section 0.
Keys ......................,.........................,...........~..........................................,...........,. 2-3
Your Doors and How They Work ............................................~.......................... 2-5
Side Doors .............I............r................................................................ .... .........2-5
Door Locks..........................................................................................................
.- 2-6
. ,
Theft ....................................................................................................................... 2-8

New Vehicle Break-In ....................................................................................,......2-9
Ignition Switch ....................................................................................................... 2-9
Starting Your Engine ........................................................................................... 2-11
Driving Through Deep Standing Water ..................................................... ....2-14
Automatic Transmission ...................................................................................... 2-16
Five-Speed Manual Transmission...................................................................... 2-1 9
Locking Rear Axle ......1........................................................................................ 2-21
Parking Brake ...................................................................................................... 2-21
-
Parking Over Things That Burn ......................................................................... 2-25
2-1
Features & Controls
Enain
laust ................................................................................................... 2-26
hunnlng Your Engine While You’re Parked .................................................. 2-26
Four-wheel Drive ................................................................................................ 2-27
Manual Transfer Case ..................................................................................... 2-28
Electronic Transfer Case................................................................................. 2-29
Windows ............................................................................................................... 2-31
Tailgate ................................................................................................................. 2-33
Horn...................................................................................................................... 2-33
Tilt Wheel ............................................................................................................. 2-34
Turn Signal/MuItifunction Lever .......................................................................... 2-35
Turn Signal and Lane Change Indicator .......................................................2-36
Headlight High-Low Beam .............................................................................. 2-38
Windshield Wipers ........................................................................................... 2-38
Windshield Washer .......................................................................................... 2-40
Cruise Control.................................................................................................. 2-41
Lights.................................................................................................................... 2-46
Mirrors .................................................................................................................. 2-50
Accessory Power Outlet ..................................................................................... 2.53
Cigarette LighteVAshtrays...................................................................................2-54
Storage Compartments ....................................................................................... 2.55
Instrument Cluster........................................................................................... .2-62
I.rr
Warning Lights, Gages and Indicators ..........................................................2-65

Trailer Wiring Harness ........................................................................................
2-75
2-2
1 C A I ITlnN
~I
Leavingyoungchildren in avehiclewiththeignition key is dangerous
formanyreasons. A child or others could be badly injured oreven
killed.
They could operatepowerwindowsorothercontrolsorevenmake
thevehicle move.Don’t leave the keys in avehiclewithyoung
children.
The ig,nilion keys are for the ignition Only.

2-3
Features A& Contmls
-
K5316
Thedoorkeysareforthedoorsandallotherlocks.
Whenanewvehicleisdelivered,thedealerremovestheplugsfromthe
keys,andgivesthemtothefirstowner.
Eachplughasacodeon it thattellsyourdealeroraqualifiedlocksmithhow
to makeextrakeys.Keeptheplugs in asafeplace. If youloseyourkeys,
you’ll be able lo have new, onesmadeeasilyusingtheseplugs.
24-
l-
Your Doors And How They Work
Side Doors
To openthedoorfromtheoutside,liftthehandleandpull the dooropen.
..._
.. “*i .
I..L.: .. x
KO298
To open the doorfromtheinside, pull thelevertowardyouandpushthe

door open.
2-5
... I.
: .
.
f
Features & Controls
Door Locks
1A Unlockeddoorscanbedangerous.
' Passengers-especially children-can easily open the doors and fall
out.Whenadoor is locked,theinsidehandlewon'topenit. ~.
-
-.
I.
Outsiderscaneasilyenterthroughanunlockeddoorwhenyouslow ,
I
..
downorstopyour vehicle.
This maynotbe so obvious:You increasethechance of being
thrownoutofthevehicleinacrash if thedoorsaren'tlocked.Wear
safety belts properly, lock your doors, and you will be far better off
whenever you drive your vehicle.
~ ~ _ _ _ _
Thereareseveralways to lockandunlockyourvehicle:
KO204
From theoutside: Use yourdoor key.

. ..
.- From the inside: To lockthedoor,slidetheleveronyourinsidedoor to
LOCK.
. -.
. .. .. ,
2-6
I
KO207
To unlockthedoorfromtheinside:Slidetheleveronyourinsidedoor
towardyou.You willseearedareaonthe lever.
Power Door Locks

If your vehicle has power door locks, push the power door lock switch on
either front door toward the key symbol. This switch will lock all the doors at
once.
To unlockthedoors,pushtheswitchawayfromthekeysymbol.
Leaving Your Vehicle
If youareleavingthevehicle,takeyourkeys,openyourdoorandsetthe
locksfrom the inside.Thengetoutandclosethedoor.
2-7
Theft
Vehicletheft is a big business,especially in somecities.Althoughyour
vehicle has a number of theft deterrent features, weknow that nothing we
puton it canmake it impossible to steal.However,therearewaysyoucan
help.
Key intheIgnition: If youwalkawayfromyourvehiclewiththekeysinside,
it’s an easy target for joy riders or professional thieves-so don’t do it. when^
you park your vehicle and open the driver’s door, you’ll hear a tone reminding
you to removeyourkeyfromtheignitionandtake it with you.Always do
this. Your steeringwheelwillbelocked,and so willyourignition. If youhave
anautomatictransmission,takingyourkeyoutalsolocksyourtransmission.
Andremember to lockthedoors.
ParkingatNight:Park in a lighted spot,close all windowsandlockyour
vehicle.Remember to keepyourvaluablesoutofsight.Putthem in a storage
area, or take them with you.
ParkingLots: If you park in alotwheresomeonewillbewatchingyour
vehicle,it’sbest to lock it upandtakeyourkeys.Butwhat if youhave to
leaveyourignitionkey?What if youhave to leavesomethinavaluableinvour
vehicle?
Putyourvaluables in astoragearea,likeyourglove DOX.
Locktheglovebox.
Lock all doorsexceptthedriver’s.
Thentakethedoorkeywithyou.
2-8
1
New Vehicle c'Break-ln99
I Y U IIW
ignition Switch
Useyourignitionkeytostartyourvehicle.Theignitionkeyletsyouturnthe
ignitionswitch to fivedifferentpositions:
KO404
Acc(Accessory):Accletsyouusethingsliketheradioandthewindshield
wiperswhentheengineis off. To get into Acc,pushinthekeyandturn it
towardyou. Your steeringwheelwillremainlocked, just as it wasbeforeyou
insertedthekey.
2-9
Features & Contmls
LOCK:Thispositionlocksyourignition,steeringwheelandtransmission.It’s
a theftdeterrentfeature. You willonlybeabletoremoveyourkeywhenthe
ignition is turnedtoLOCK.
Off: This position lets you turn off theenginebut still turnthesteeringwheel
likeLOCK.UseOffifyoumusthaveyourvehicle in motionwhiletheengine
.. .
~
is off (forexample,ifyourvehicleisbeingpushed).
. . ..
Run: This is the position for driving.
Start: Thisstartsyourengine.
Onmanualtransmissionvehicles,turningthekey to “LOCK’ will lock

- thesteeringcolumn an’d resultin a loss ofabilitytosteerthe
vehicle. This coiu18dcause amcollision. If you need to turn the engiw
off Mhilethevehicleismoving, turn the key only to “OW. Don’t
m v e the key release lever while the vehicle is moving.
2-1 0
Key Release Lever
Theignitionkeycannotberemovedfromtheignition of manualtransmission
vehiclesunlessthekeyreleaseleverisused.
To Remove the Key
Turnthekey to theLO,CKpositionwhilepressingthekeyreleaseleverdown
atthesametime.Keepingyourfingeronthelever,pullthekeystraightout.
Onautomatictransmissionvehicles,turnthekeytoLOCKandpullitstraight
out.
To Starz Your 2.5 -Liter (VIN Code A) L4 Engine:

1. AutomaticTransmission:
Moveyourshiftlever to P (Park)or N (Neutral).Yourenginewon'tstart
inanyotherposition-that'sasafetyfeature. To restartwhenyou're
alreadymoving,use N (Neutral)only.
2-1 1
Features & Controls
1 NOTICE
Don’t try to shift to P (Park) if your vehicle is movi
:auld dal ae ? transrnissil SI ark‘ nE
ManualTransmission:
Shiftyourgearselector to N (Neutral)andholdtheclutchpedal to the
. .
floor while starting the engine. Your vehicle won’t start if the clutch pedal
is not all the waydown-that’sasafetyfeature.
2. Don’tpushtheacceleratorpedalbeforestartingyourengine. In some
othervehiclesyoumightneed to do this,butbecause ofyour vehicle’s
computersystems,youdon’t.
-
3. Turnyourignitionkey to Start.Whentheenginestarts,let go of the
key.The idlespeedwill go downasyourenginegetswarm.
In very cold weather, do this:
1. Withyourfoot off theacceleratorpedal, turn your ignitionkey to Start
until yourenginebeginsfiring.Pushdownontheacceleratorpedal
slightly.Whentheenginepicksupspeed,letgoofthekey.Onceyour
engine is running smoothly, letupontheaccelerator pedal.
2. If it doesn’tstartrightaway,pushtheacceleratorpedal all the way to
thefloorandhold it thereasyouholdthekey in Start foraboutthree
seconds. If thevehiclestartsbrieflybutthenstopsagain, do thesame
thing,butthistimekeepthepedaldownuntilyourenginerunssmoothly.
NOTICE
b___
2-1 2
t
NOTICE
ever nave your venue loweu, see 11

now IO do it without damaging your v-’-’cle
I the Index.
To Start Your 2.8 Liter (W/V Code R) and 4.3 Liter

(VlN Codes Z and W) V6 Engines:
1. AutomaticTransmission:
Moveyourshiftleverto P (Park)or N (Neutral). Your enginewon’tstart
inanyotherposition-that’sasafetyfeature. To restartwhenyou’re
alreadymoving,use N (Neutral)only.
I NOTICE
I
ManualTransmission:
Shiftyourgearselectorto N (Neutral)andholdtheclutchpedaltothe
floor while starting the engine. Your vehicle won’t start if the clutch pedal
is not all the way down-that’s a safety feature.
2. Don’tpush the acceleratorpedalbeforestartingyourengine. In some
other vehicles you might need to do this,butbecause of yourvehicle’s
computersystems,youdon’t.
3. TurnyourignitionkeytoStart.Whentheenginestarts,letgo of the
key. Theidlespeedwill godownasyourenginegetswarm.
2-1 3
Features & Controls
4. If it doesn’tstartright away, hold yourkey in Start. If it doesn’t start in
three seconds,pushtheacceleratorpedalaboutone-quarteroftheway
downfor 12 moreseconds,oruntil it starts.
5. If yourenginestillwon’tstart(orstartsbutthenstops),itcouldbe
flooded with too much gasoline. Try this:
Wait 15 seconds to letthestartermotorcool down. Thenpushyour
acceleratorpedalalltheway to thefloor. Hold it there.Then, hold the
key in Startfornomorethantenseconds.Thisclearstheextra
gasolinefromtheengine.
If theengine stili doesn’tstart,waitanother 15 secondsand do it all
again.
Whentheenginestarts, let go of thekeyandtheacceleratorpedal.
-._.
. NOTICE I
Driving Through Deep Standing Water

mda
IIW 1IW.l
I
Engine Block Heater
KO414
In verycoldweather, 0°F (-18°C) orcolder,theoptionalengineblockheater

canhelp.You’llgeteasierstartingandbetterfueleconomyduringengine
warm-up.
To usethe brock heater:
1.Turn off the engine.
2.Open the hoodandunwrap the electricalcord.
3. Plug it intoanormal,grounded1IO-voltoutlet.
A Pluggingthecordinto an ungroundedoutletcouldcauseanelectrical
shock. Also, the wrong kind ofextensioncordcouldoverheatand
causeafire. You couldbeseriouslyinjured.Plug the cordintoa
properlygroundedthree-prong110-voltoutlet. If thecord won’treach,
useaheavy-dutythree-prongextensioncordratedforatleast 15
amps.
2-1 5
Features & Controls
How longshouldyoukeeptheblockheaterpluggedin? Theanswerdepends
on the weather, thekind of oil you have,andsomeotherthings.Instead of
trying to listeverythinghere,weaskthatyoucontactaGeneralMotors
dealer in theareawhereyou’llbeparkingyourvehicle.Thedealercangive
you the best advice for that particular area.
Automatic Ilansmission
2-1 6
I CAUTION
I A It is.-dangerousto get out of..yourvehicle if. tha..shift lever is notfully
i n - P (ParQ--wiih the parking brake fiim~ljj-set.Yo’ur vehiclle ‘&n roll.
Doln’t leave your vehiclewhen the engine is runningunlessyouhave
to. If you have left theenginerunning,tihevehiclecanmove
suddenly.Youorothers couldbe injured. To be sure your vehicle
won’t move,whenyolu’lreonfairly level ground,alwaysset your
parkingbrake and movetheshiftlever to P (Park).
Of you havefour-wheeldrive, your vehiclewillbe free to roll-even if
your shift lever is in P (Park)i-if your transfer case i:s iln ‘N (Neutral).
So besurethetransfercase is in a drive gear-not in N (Neutral)’.
See “Shifting into P (Par’k)’’ in the Index. If y o u are ,parkingonahill,
or, ifyou’rep’ullinga traihr, also see “Parking on Hills” o:r“Towilnlg a
Trailer” in the Index.
R (Reverse).Usethisgeartobackup.
To rockyourvehiclebackandforthtogetoutofsnow,iceorsandwithout
damagingyourtransmission,see “If You’reStuckinSand,Mud,IceorSnow”
intheIndex.
N (Neutral).Inthisposition,yourenginedoesn’tconnectwiththewheels.
To restartwhenyou’realreadymoving,use N (Neutral)only. Also, use N
(Neutral)whenyourvehicle is beingtowed.
a Shifting out of P (Park)or N (Neutral) While your engine is “racing”

(iunning afthlighspeed) is dangerous. ‘Unless your foot is firmly on
thebrakeped’al, your vehilclecouldmoveveryrapidly. You co1wl;d lose
I contro’l and hit people or objects.Don’t shift out ‘of P (Park)or N
(Neutral)whileyourengine is racing.
2-1 7
Features & Controls
I
OD (AutomaticOverdrive).Thisposition is fornormaldriving. If youneed
morepowerforpassing,andyou’re:
- Goinglessthanabout 35 mph (56 km/h),pushyouraccelerator
pedal about halfway down.
- Goingabout 35 mph (56 km/h) or more,pushtheaccelerator all the
waydown.You’ll shiftdown to thenextgearandhavemorepower.
OD should not beused when towingatrailer,carryingaheavyload,
drivingonsteephills,orforoff-roaddriving.Select D (thirdgear)when
operating the vehicle under any oftheseconditions.
D (ThirdGear).This is like OD, butyounevergointoOverdrive. You
shoulduse D whentowingatrailer,carryingaheavyload,drivingon
steeps hills, or for off-road driving.
2 (SecondGear).Thispositiongivesyoumorepowerbutlowerfuel
economy.You canuse 2 (SecondGear)onhills.Itcanhelpcontrolyour
speedasyougodownsteepmountainroads,butthenyouwould also
want to useyourbrakesoffandon.
If youhavea 4.3L engine(Codes Z and W) and if youmanuallyselect
2, thetransmissionwilldrive in secondgear.Youmayuse thisfeature
forreducingtorque to therearwheelswhenyouaretrying to startyour
vehiclefromastoponslipperyroadsurfaces.
e 1 (FirstGear).Thispositiongivesyouevenmorepower(butlowerfuel
economy)than 2. You canuse it onverysteephills, or in deepsnow or
mud. If theselectorlever is put in 1, thetransmissionwon’tshiftinto
first gear until the vehicle is goingslowlyenough.
2-1 8
FivemSpeed Manual Transmission
PO348
This is theshiftpattern.Here’showtooperateyourtransmission:
e 1 (FirstGear)-Presstheclutchpedalandshiftinto 1. Then,slowlylet
up on the clutch pedal as you .press the accelerator pedal.
You canshiftinto 1 whenyou’regoinglessthan 20 mph (32 km/h). If
you’vecome to acompletestopandit’shardtoshiftinto 1, putthe
shiftleverin N (Neutral)andletupontheclutch.Presstheclutchpedal
backdown. Thenshiftinto 1.
e 2 (SecondGear)-Presstheclutchpedalasyouletuponthe
acceleratorpedalandshiftinto 2. Then,slowlyletupontheclutch
pedalasyoupresstheacceleratorpedal.
e 3, 4 and 5 (Third,FourthandFifthGears)-Shiftinto 3, 4 and 5 the
samewayyoudofor 2. Slowlyletupontheclutchpedalasyoupress
theacceleratorpedal.
e To Stop -Letupontheacceleratorpedalandpressthebrakepedal.
Justbeforethevehiclestops,presstheclutchpedalandthebrake
pedal,andshift to N (Neutral).
e N (Neutral)-Usethispositionwhenyoustartoridleyourengine.
e R (Reverse)-Tobackup,pressdown theclutchpedalandshiftinto R.
Letupontheclutchpedalslowlywhilepressingtheacceleratorpedal.
2-1 9
Featurns & Controls
I
If youhaveamanualtransmission,youhavea SHIFT light. This lightwill

showyouwhen to shift to thenexthighergearforbestfueleconomy.
Whenthislightcomeson, you can "shift to the n-exthighergear if weather,
roadandtrafficconditionslet you.For thebestfuel economy, accelerate
slowlyandshiftwhenthelightcomeson.
Whileyou.accelerate, it is normalforthelight to goonandoff if youquickly
changetheposition of theaccelerator.IgnoretheSHIFTlightwhenyou
downshift.
For Four-wheelDriveVehicles Only: If yourvehiclehasfour-wheeldrive
andisequippedwithamanualtransmission,disregardtheshiftlightwhenthe
transfercaseis in 4 LOW.
Shift Speeds-Manual Transmissions
If yourspeeddropsbelow 20 mph (32 km/h),or if theengine is not running
smoothly,youshoulddownshift to thenextlowergear. Youmayhave to
downshifttwoormoregears to keep the engine running smoothly or for good
performance.
2-20
CAUTION I
If youskipmore than onegearwhenyoudownshift,youcouldlose

control ofyour vehicle.Andyou could injureyourselforothers.
NOTICE
Locking Rear Axle

Ifyouhavethisfeature,yourrearaxlecangiveyouadditionaltractionon
snow,mud,ice,sandorgravel.Itworkslikeastandardaxlemostofthe
time,butone of therearwheelshasnotractionandtheotherdoes,the
lockingfeaturewillallow the wheelwithtraction to movethevehicle.
Parking Brake
KO424
To set the parking brake:

Holdtheregularbrakepedaldownwithyourrightfoot.Pushdownthe
parkingbrakepedalwithyourleftfoot. If theignitionison,thebrakesystem
warninglightwillcomeon.
2-21
Featums & Controls
To release the parking brake:
Hold theregularbrakepedaldown.Pullthebrakereleaselever.
I NOTICE
If youare on ahill:
See“ParkingonHills”intheIndex.Thatpartshowshowtoturnyourfront
wheels.
If youaretowingatrailerandareparkingonanyhill:
See“Towing a Trailer” in theIndex.Thatpartshowswhatto do first to keep
the trailer from moving.
Torque Lock
Theparkingbrakeshould be setfirstwheneverleavingthedriver’sseat. If
youareparkedona hill andthetransmissionisplacedin P (Park)before
the parking brake is set, the weight of the vehiclemayputtoomuchforce
ontheparkingpawl in thetransmission. It may be difficult to pull the selector
leverout of P (Park).This is called“torquelock.” To preventthis, the parking
brakeshouldbesetBEFOREmovingtheselectorlever to P (Park).
Whenpreparingtomovethevehicle,theselectorlevershouldbemovedout
of P (Park)BEFOREreleasingtheparkingbrake.Settheparkingbrakefirst,
Thenreleasethetransmissionfrom P (Park),evenonlevelsurfaces.
If “torquelock”doesoccur,youmayneed to haveanothervehiclenudgethis
vehicleuphilltotakesome of thepressure off thetransmissionwhileyoupull
the selector lever out of P (Park).
2-22
~
Shifting Into P (Park) .(Automatic Transmission
Models Only)
fi A.UTION I.
It canbedangeroustogetoutofyourvehicle if theshiftleverisnot I
fully in P (Park)withtheparkingbrakefirmlyset. Your vehiclecan
roll.
Ifyouhavelefttheenginerunning,thevehiclecanmove sudde..I,.
You orotherscouldbeinjured. To be sure your vehiclewon’tmove,
whenyou’reonfairlylevelground,usethestepsthatfollow.
Ifyouhavefour-wheeldrive,withamanualtransfercaseshiftlever
andyourtransfercaseis in N (Neutral),yourvehiclewillbefreeto
roll,even if yourshiftlever is in P (Park). So, besurethetransfer
case is in adrive gear-not in N (Neutral). If youareparkingona
hill, or if you’repullingatrailer,alsosee“ParkingOnHills” or
“TowingaTrailer’’ in theIndex.
1. Hold the brakepedaldownwithyourrightfootandsettheparking

brake.
2. Movetheshiftlever into the P (Park)positionlikethis:
Pull the levertowardyou.
KO406
Movetheleverup as faras it willgo.
2-23
Features & Contmls
3. Ifyouhavefour-wheeldrivewithamanualtransfercaseshiftlever,be
surethetransfercase is inadrive gear-not in N (Neutral).
4.Move theignitionkey to LOCK.
5. Removethekeyandtake it with you. If youcanwalkawayfromyour
vehiclewiththeignition key in yourhand,yourvehicleis in P (Park).
Leaving Your Vehicle With the Engine Running
(Automatic Transmission Models Only)
1 CAUTION
It canbedangerous to leaveyourvehiclewiththeenginerunning.
Your vehicle could movesuddenly if theshiftlever is notfully in P
(Park)withtheparkingbrakefirmlyset. If youhave four-wheeldrive
withamanualtransfercaseshiftleverandyourtransfercase is in N
(Neutral),yourvehiclewillbefree to roll,even if yourshiftleveris in
P (Park).Sobesurethetransfercaseis in adrive gear-not in N
(Neutral). And, if youleavethevehiclewiththeenginerunning,it
could overheatandevencatchfire.Youorothers couldbeinjured.
I Don’tleaveyour vehiclewiththeenginerunningunlessyouhaveto.
If youhave to leaveyourvehiclewiththeenginerunning,besureyour
vehicle is in P (Park)andyourparkingbrake is firmlysetbeforeyouleaveit.
If youhavefour-wheeldrivewithamanualtransfercaseshiftlever,besure
that the transfer case is in a drive gear-not in N (Neutral).Afteryou’ve
movedtheshiftlever into the P (Park)position,holdtheregularbrakepedal
down. Then,see if youcanmovetheshiftleverawayfrom P (Park)without
first pulling it toward you. If youcan, it meansthattheshiftleverwasn’tfully
lockedinto P (Park).
ParkingYour b bide(ManualTransmissionModels
Only)
Beforeyougetoutofyourvehicle,putyourmanualtransmission in R
(Reverse)andfirmlyapplytheparkingbrake.
If youhavefour-wheeldrivewithamanualtransfercaseshiftlever,besure
yourtransfercase is in adrivegear.Your vehicle could roll if it isn’t.
If you are parking onahill,or if your vehicle is equippedtotowatrailer,
see“Parking on Hills”or “Towing a Trailer” in theIndex.
2-24
I
Parking Over Things That Burn
AM220007
CAUTION
Thingsthatcan burn couldtouchhotexhaust parts underyour
vehicleandignite.Don’t park overpapers,leaves,drygrassorother
thingsthatcanburn.
2-25
Features & Contmls
I CAUTION
Engine exhaust can .kill. It contains thegascarbonmonoxide (CO),
4 which you can’t see or smell. it can muse unconsciousness and
death.
You might have exhaust coming in if:
Your exhaust system sounds strange or different.
0 Your vehiclegets ‘rusty underneath.
* Your vehicle was damaged in acollision.
0 Your vehicle was damagedwhendrivingove’r high pointsonthe
road or over road debris.
* Repairsweren’tdonecorrectly.
0 Your vehicleorexhaustsystemhadbeenmodifiedimproperly.
If you ever suspect exhaust is comilng into your vehicle:
Drive il only with all thewindowsdown to b’low outany CO;
and
* Have il fixed immediately.
Running Your Engine While You’re Parked

(Automatic Transmission)
It’sbetternottoparkwiththeenginerunning.But if youeverhaveto,here
aresomethingstoknow.
I C h 1
Idling the engine with the air system control off couldallow
dangerousexhaustintoyourvehicle.(SeetheearlierCautionunder
“EngineExhaust.”)
Also, idlinginaclosed-inplacecanletdeadlycarbonmonoxide (CO)
into yourvehicleeven if thefanswitchisatthehighestsetting.One
placethiscanhappenisagarage.Exhaust-with CO-can comein
easily. NEVER parkinagaragewiththeenginerunning.
Anotherclosed-inplacecanbeablizzard.(See“Blizzard”inthe
Index.)
2-26
It can be dangerous to get out ofyourvehicle if the shift llever is not I
fully in P (Park) with the parking brake firmly set. Your vehide can
roll. Don’t leave your vehicle when the engine is running, unlless y~
haveto. If you’ve left the engine running, tihe vehiclecanmove
suddenly. You or others could be injured. To be sure your vehicle
won’tmove,whenyou’reonfairlylevelground,alwayssetyour
parking brake and move the shift lever to P (Park).
If you have four-wheel drive with a manual transfer case shift lever
and your transfer case is in N (Neutral), your vehide will be free to
roll, even if yourshiftlever is in P (Park). So, besurethetransfer
case is in a drive gear-not in ‘N (Neutral)., Follow the proper steps
to be sureyourvehicle won’t move.See“ShiftingInto P (Park)”in
theIndex.
If you are parking on a hill, or if you’re pulling a trailer, also see
“Farking on Mills” or“Towing a Trailer” in the Index.
If yourvehiclehasfour-wheeldrive,youcansendyourengine’sdrivingpower
to all four wheels for extra traction. To shift out of two-wheel drive and into
four-wheeldrive,movethetransfercaseshiftlever to 4 HIGH or 4 LOW.You
shoulduse 2 WHEELformostnormaldrivingconditions,however.
2-27
Features & Controls
Manual Transfer Case
I
PO163
Thetransfercaseshiftleverisonthefloor to the right of thedriver.Usethis

lever to shiftintoandout of four-wheel drive. An indicator light near the lever
shows you the transfer case settings:
2 WHEEL
4 HIGH
N SETPARKINGBRAKE
4 LOW
The front axle portion of thediagramontheindicatorwill light upwhenyou
shift into four-wheel drive. A slight delay between shifting and the pattern's
lighting is normal. If thepatterndoesnotlightup,or if thefront axle does
not go out after you shift out of four-wheel drive, have your dealercheck
yoursystem.Turn thedialaboveyourheadlightswitch to the left to dimyour
transfercaseindicatorlightwhenyourheadlightsorparkinglightsareon.
2 WHEEL:This settingisfordriving in moststreetandhighwaysituations.
Your frontaxleisnotengagedintwo-wheeldrive.
4 HIGH:Thissettingengagesyourfrontaxle to helpdriveyourvehicle.
Use 4 HIGH whenyouneedextratraction,suchasonsnowyoricyroads,
or in mostoff-roadsituations.
N SETPARKINGBRAKE:Shift to thisneutralsettingonlywhenyourvehicle
needs to be towed.
2-28
I
4 LOW: This setting also engages your front axle to give you extra traction.
Youmay neverneed 4 LOW. Itsendsthemaximumpower to allfourwheels.
You mightchoose 4 LOW if youweredriving off-road in sand,mud,ordeep
snowandclimbingordescendingsteephills.
You canshiftfrom 2 WHEEL to 4 HIGHorfrom 4 HIGHto 2 WHEELwhile
thevehicle is moving. It is notnecessaryforyou to press the transfercase
shift lever button. Your front axle will engage faster if you take your foot off
of the accelerator for a few seconds after you shift.
-
To shift into or out of 4 LOWor N SETPARKINGBRAKE:
1. Stop yourvehicleandshiftyourtransmissionintoneutral.
2. Press the transfercaseshift button andshift in onecontinuousmotion.
Don’t pause in N SET PARKINGBRAKEasyou shift into or out of 4 LOW,
oryourgears could clash.
Remember that driving in 4 HIGHor 4 LOWmayreduce fuel economy.Also,
driving in four-wheel drive ondrypavement could causeyourtires to wear
faster and make your transfer case harder to shift.
Electronic Transfer Case
KO412
Theoptionalelectronicshifttransfercaseswitch is ontheleftside ofyour
instrumentpanelabovethelightswitches.Usethisswitchtoshift into and
out of four-wheeldrive. You canchooseamong three drivingsettings:
1. Two-wheeldrive, “TWO WHEEL”: This setting is fordriving in most
street and highway situations. Your front axle is notengaged in
two-wheeldrive.
2-29
t
Featums & Contmls

2. 4HI:Thissettingengagesyourfrontaxletohelpdriveyourvehicle.
Use4HIwhenyouneedextratraction,suchasonsnowyoricyroads,
orinmostoff-roadsituations.
3. 4LO:Thissettingalsoengagesyourfrontaxle to giveyouextratraction.
Youmayneverneed4LO. It sendsthemaximumpowerto all four
wheels.Youmightchoose 4L0 if youweredrivingoff-roadinsand,
mud,ordeepsnowandclimbingordescendingsteephills.
Indicatorlightsontheswitchshowyouwhichsettingyouarein.Both
indicatorlights will comeonbrieflywhenyouturnontheignition. If both
lights do notcomeon,youshouldtakeyourvehicle in forservice.The4HI
positionhasagreenindicatorlightandthe4LOpositionhasanamber
indicatorlight.Whenshiftingfrom4HIto4LOor4LOto4HI,theindicator
lightwillflashuntiltheshiftiscompleted.
Two-WheelDrive,“TWOWHEEL”,doesnothaveaswitchpositionoran
indicatorlight. Your vehiclewillbe in two wheeldrive if neitherindicatorlight
is on.
To shiftfromtwo-wheeldrive, “TWO WHEEL”,to4HI:Pressandrelease
the4HIswitch.Thiscanbedoneatanyspeed,andthefrontaxlewilllock
automatically.
To shiftfrom4HItotwo-wheeldrive,“TWOWHEEL”:Pressandrelease
the4HIswitch.Thiscanbedoneatanyspeed,andthefrontaxlewillunlock
automatically.
To shiftfromtwo-wheeldrive, ‘‘TWO WHEEL”, or 4HIto4LO:Stopyour
vehicle.Shiftyourtransmissioninto N (Neutral)ordepressyourclutchpedal.
Pressandreleasethe4LOswitch. You mustwaitfortheamber4LO
indicatorlighttostopflashingandgosolidamberbeforeshiftingyour
transmissionintogearorreleasingtheclutchpedal.
If the 4L0 switchispressedwhenyourvehicleis in gearand/ormoving,the
amber 4L0 indicator light will flash for 30 secondsandnotcompletetheshift
unlessyourvehicleisbelow 3 mphandthetransmissionisin N (Neutral)or
theclutchpedaldepressed.
Onautomatictransmissionequippedvehicles: If yourtransfercasedoesnot
shiftinto 4L0, yourtransmissionindicatorswitchmayrequireadjustment.With
yourtransmission in N (Neutral),pressandreleasethe4LOswitch.Whilethe
amber4LOindicatorlightisflashing,shiftyourtransmissioninto P (Park).
Wait until the 4LOindicatorlightgoessolidamberbeforeshiftingyour
transmissionintogear.Thiswillgetyouinto 4L0, butyoushouldtakeyour
vehicleinforservice so normaloperationcanberestored.
2-30
To shift from 4LO to 4HI:Stopyourvehicle.Shiftyourtransmissioninto N
(Neutral)ordepressyourclutchpedal.Pressandreleasethe4HIswitch. You
mustwaitforthegreen4HIindicatorlighttostopflashingandgosolidgreen
before shifting your transmission into gearorreleasingtheclutch pedal.
If the4HIswitch is pressedwh’enyourvehicle is in gearand/ormoving,the
green 4H1 indicator light will flash for 30 seconds but not complete the shift
unless the vehicleisbelow 3 mphandthetransmission is in N (Neutral) or
theclutchpedaldepressed.
Onautomatictransmissionequippedvehicles: If yourtransfercasedoesnot
shiftinto- 4HI, yourtransmissionindicatorswitchmayrequireadjustment.With
yourtransmission in N (Neutral),pressandreleasethe4HIswitch.Whilethe
green4HIindicatorlight is flashing,shiftyourtransmission into P (Park).Wait
untilthe4HIindicatorlightgoessolidgreenbeforeshiftingyourtransmission
into gear. Thiswillgetyouinto4HI,butyoushouldtakeyourvehicle in for
service so normaloperationcanberestored.
To shift from 4LO to two-wh’eeldrive, “lW0 WHEEL”: Youmust shiftfrom
4LO to 4HI before shifting backintotwo-wheeldrive.
Windows
To openyourmanualwindows, turn thehandcrankoneachdoortoraise or
lower your side door windows.
If youhavetheoptionalpowerwindows,theco’ntrolsareoneach of theside
doors.
Thedriver’sdoorhasaswitchforthepassengerwindowsaswell. Your
powerwindows will onlyworkwhentheignitionhasbeenturned to Run.
231
Features & Contmls
Pushtheswitchdowntolowerthewindow.
Pushtheswitchup to raisethe window.
Sliding Rear Window
KO21 3
Your vehicle mayhavea slidingrear window.Pressthetop of thelatchin
the center of thewindowandslidetheglasstoopen it. When you close the
window,besure thelatchcatches.
Swhg-Out Windows (Extended Cab)
KO21 5
If your vehicle has rear swing-out windows, just unlatch them at their clasps
and push out on the glass to openthem.
232
Tailgate
KO216
You canopenthetailgateby pulling up onthehandlewhile pulling the

tailgatedown.
Whenyouputthe tailgate backup,besure it latches securely.
Horn
KO223
Pressthepad in thecenter of thesteeringwheel to soundthehorn.
2-33
Features & Controls
Tilt Wheel
+j
....
KO225
If youhave a tiltsteeringwheel, it allowsyoutoadjustthesteeringwheel

beforeyoudrive. Do notadjustthesteeringwheelduringyourdriving.
Youcan alsoraiseittothehighestleveltogiveyourlegsmoreroomwhen
youenterand exit thevehicle.
To tiltthewheel,holdthesteeringwheelandpullthelever.Movethe
steeringwheelto a comfortablelevel,thenreleasethelevertolockthewheel
in place.
234
1
The IUrn Signal!ultifunction Lever
PO177
Theleverontheleftside of thesteeringcolumnincludes your:

TurnSignalandLaneChangeIndicator
HeadlightHigh-LowBeam & PassingSignal
WindshieldWipers
WindshieldWasher
CruiseControl(Option)
2-35
Features & Controls
Turn Signal and Lane Change Indicator
The turn signalhastwoupward(forRight)andtwodownward(forLeft)
positions.Thesepositionsallowyoutosignalaturnoralanechange.
To signalaturn, move theleverallthewayup

finished,theleverwillreturnautomatically.
ordown.When
PO178
theturn is I
Cluster Digital Cluster
Standard
PO251 I
A greenarrowontheinstrumentpanelwillflashinthedirectionoftheturn
or lane change.
2-36
To signal a lanechange,justraiseorlowertheleveruntilthegreenarrow
startsto flash. Hold it thereuntilyoucompleteyourlanechange.Thelever
will returnbyitselfwhenyoureleaseit.
--
As yousignalaturnoralane chi' if thearrowsdon’tflashbutjuststay
on, asignalbulbmaybeburned OUT and otherdriverswon’tseeyourturn
signal.
(If yourvehiclehasthedigitalinstrumentcluster,theturnsignalarrowswill
flashatafasterrate if a signalbulbisburnedout.)
If abulbisburnedout,replace it to helpavoidanaccident. If the green
arrowsdon’tgoonat all whenyousignalaturn,checkthefuse(see
“Fuses”intheIndex)andforburned-outbulbs.
If youhaveatrailertowingoptionwithaddedwiringforthetrailerlights,a
differentturnsignalflasherisused.Withthisflasherinstalled,thesignal
indicatorwillflashevenifaturnsignalbulbisburnedout.Checkthefront
andrearturnsignallightsregularly to makesuretheyareworking.
Operation of Lights
Althoughyourvehicle’slightingsystem(headlights,parkinglights,foglamps,
sidemarkerlightsandtaillights)meetallapplicableFederallighting
requirements,certainstatesandprovidencesmayapplytheirownlighting
regulationsthatmayrequirespecialattentionbeforeyouoperatetheselights.
Forexample,somejurisdictionsmayrequirethatyouoperateyourlower
beamlightswithfoglampsatalltimes,orthatheadlightsbeturnedon
wheneveryoumustuseyourwindshieldwipers.Inaddition,mostjurisdictions
prohibitdrivingsolelywithparkinglights,especiallyatdawnordusk. It is
recommendedthatyoucheckwithyourownstateorprovincialhighway
authorityforapplicablelightingregulations.
2-37
Features & Controls
Headlight High-Low Beam
..-
m
PI
To changetheheadlightsfromlowbeamtohighorhighto low, pull theturn

signalleverallthe waytowardyou.Thenrelease it. Whenthehighbeams
areon,abluelightontheinstrumentpanelalsowillbeon.
Windshield Wipers
PO1 80
You control the windshieldwipersbyturningthebandwiththewipersymbol

I
on it.
2-38
For a singlewipingcycle, turn the band to MIST. Hold it thereuntilthe
wipersstart,thenlet go. Thewiperswillstopafteronecycle. If youwant
morecycles,holdthebandon MIST longer.
Forsteadywipingat low speed,turnthebandawayfrom you tothe LO
position.Forhighspeedwiping,turnthebandfurther,to HI. To stopthe
wipers,movethebandtothe off symbol.
PO177
Low Speed Delay Wipers (Option)

Youcansetthewiperspeed for a long orshortdelaybetweenwipes.This
canbeveryuseful in lightrain orsnow.Turnthe bandtochoosethedelay
time.Thecloserto LO, theshorterthedelay.
Damagedwiperbladesmayprevent you fromseeingwellenough to I

drive safely. To avoilddamage,blesure to &air ice and SKIW from
thewiperbladesbeforeusilngthem. If they're frozen to the
wi'ndshield, carefully lloosen or thaw them. If your blades become
I damaged,getnewblades or blade inlserts.
Ileavy snow or ice can overload your wipers. A circuit breaker will stop them
untilthemotorcools.Clearawaysnoworice to preventanoverload.
2-39
Features & Controls
Windshield Washer
POT81
Atthetop of themultifunctionleverthere'sapaddlewiththeword PUSH on

it. To spray 'hasher fluid on thewindshield,pushthepaddle.
If youhavethestandardwipers,thewiperswillkeepgoingin LO until you
turn the wiper control to the off symbol.
If youhavetheLowSpeedDelayoption,thewiperswillclearthewindow
andtheneitherstop or returntoyourpre-setspeed.
Drivingwithoutwasherfluidcanbedangerous.Abadmud
1 splashcanblockyourvision. You couldhitanothervehicleorgo I
off theroad.Checkyourwasherfluidleveloften.
In freezingweather,don'tuseyourwasheruntilthewindshieldis
warmed.Otherwisethewasherfluidcanformiceonthe
windshield,blockingyourvision.
2-40
I 1OTICE
Cruise Control (Option)
PO259
WithCruiseControl,youcanmaintain a speed of about25mph (40 km/h)or

morewithoutkeepingyourfootontheaccelerator.Thiscanreallyhelpon
longtrips.CruiseControldoesnotworkatspeedsbelowabout 25 mph(40
kmlh).
Whenyouapplyyourbrakes or pushtheclutchpedal, if youhaveamanual
transmission,theCruiseControlshuts off.
2-4 1
Features & Contmls
t
1 CALITION -
.. ;Fg
I
.
, .
L
A
CruiseControlcanbedangerouswhereyoucan'tdrivesafelyat
asteadyspeed. So, don'tuseyourCruiseControlonwinding
roads or in heavytraffic.
CruiseControlcanbedangerousonslipperyroads.Onsuch
roads,fastchanges in tiretractioncancauseneedlesswheel
spinning,andyoucouldlosecontrol.Don'tuseCruiseControl
onslipperyroads.
To Set Cruise Control
MovetheCruiseControlswitch to ON.
1 CAUTION
A
If youleaveyourCruiseControlswitchonwhenyou'renotusing
k Cruise,youmighthitabuttonand go intoCruisewhenyoudon't
wantto.You could be startledandevenlosecontrol.Keepthe
CruiseControlswitch OFF untilyouwant to useit.
Getuptothespeedyouwant.
Push in thesetbuttonattheend of theleverandrelease it.
Takeyourfootoff theacceleratorpedal.
2-42
To Resume a Set Speed
c
PO261
SupposeyousetyourCruiseControlatadesiredspeedandthenyouapply
thebrake.This, ofcourse,shuts off theCruiseControl.Butyoudon’tneed
toresetit.Onceyou’regoingabout 25 mph (40 km/h)ormore,youcan
movetheCruiseControlswitchfromONto WA (Resume/Accelerate)for
abouthalfasecond.
You’llgorightbackuptoyourchosenspeed and staythere.
If youholdtheswitchat WA (ResumelAccelerate)longerthanhalfa
second,thevehiclewillkeepgoingfasteruntilyoureleasetheswitch
orapplythebrake.Youcouldbestartledandevenlosecontrol. So
unlessyouwanttogofaster,don’tholdtheswitchat WA
(ResumelAccelerate).
r o Increase Speed While Using Cruise Control

Therearetwowaystogotoahigherspeed.Here’sthefirst:
1. Usetheacceleratorpedaltogettothehigherspeed.
2. Pushthebuttonattheend of thelever,thenreleasethebuttonandthe
acceleratorpedal.You’llnowcruiseatthehigherspeed.
2-43
Features & Controls
PO263
Here'sthesecondway to go toahigherspeed:
1. MovetheCruiseswitchfrom ON to WA (ResumelAccelerate).Holdit
thereuntil yougetup tothespeedyouwant,andthenreleasethe
switch.
2. To increaseyourspeedinverysmallamounts,movetheswitch to WA
(ResumelAccelerate)forlessthanhalf a secondandthenreleaseit.
Eachtimeyou do this,yourvehiclewillgo 1 mph (1.6 kmlh)faster.
To Reduce Speed While Using Cruise Control
PO264
2-44
1. Push in the button attheend of theleveruntilyoureachthelower
speedyouwant,thenrelease it.
2. To slowdown in verysmallamounts,pushthebuttonforlessthana
halfsecond.Eachtimeyoudothis,you’llgo 1 mph (1.6 km/h)slower.
Passing Another Vehicle While Using Cruise Control
Use the accelerator pedal to increaseyourspeed.Whenyoutakeyourfoot
off thepedal,yourvehicle will slowdowntotheCruiseControlspeedyouset
earlier.
Using Cruise Control on Hills
HowwellyourCruiseControlwillworkonhillsdependsuponyourspeed,
load,andthesteepness of thehills.Whengoingupsteephills,youmay
want to step on the accelerator pedal to maintainyourspeed.Whengoing
downhill,youmayhave to brakeorshift to alowergear to keepyourspeed
down. Of course,applyingthebraketakesyouout of CruiseControl.Many
driversfindthis to betoomuchtroubleanddon’tuseCruiseControlon
steephills.
To Get Out of Cruise Control
There are two ways to turn off the Cruise Control:
1. Steplightlyonthe brake pedal orpushtheclutchpedal, if youhavea
manualtransmission;or
ruzw
2. MovetheCruiseswitch to OFF.
2-45
Features & Contmls
To Erase Speed Memory
Whenyou turn off theCruiseControl or theignition, yourCruiseControlset
speedmemory is erased.
Lights
Your lightswitchesareontheleftside ofyourinstrumentpanel.
KO239
Push the top switch to turn on:

ParkingLights
SidemarkerLights
Taillights
LicensePlateLights
InstrumentPanelLights
TransferCaseShiftIndicatorPanel
Pushthebottomswitchtoturnontheheadlights,togetherwith:
ParkingLights
SidemarkerLights
Taillights
LicensePlateLights
InstrumentPanelLights
TransferCaseShiftIndicatorPanel
2-46
Pushtheswitchmarked OFF to turn off your lights.
Turnthedialabovetheheadlightswitch to theright to makeyourinstrument
panelandtransfercase lights brighter.Turningthe dial allthe way to the
rightuntil it clicks will turn ontheinteriorlights.
Turnthedial to theleft to dimyourinstrumentpanelandtransfercase
indicator lights.
You canswitchyourheadlightsfrom high to lowbeambypullingonthe
multifunctionlever.
A circuitbreakerprotectsyourheadlights. If youhaveanelectricaloverload,
your headlights will flicker on and off. Haveyourheadlightwiringchecked
rightaway if thishappens.
Fog Lamps
KO940
Useyouroptional fog lampsforbettervision in foggyormistyconditions.

Your parkinglightsand/orlowbeamheadlightsmustbeon oryourlamps
won’twork.
Thefoglampswitch is ontheinstrumentpanelundertheheadlightswitch.
Presstherightside of theswitch to turn thefoglampson,andtheleftside
of the switch to turn them off. A lightwillglow in the rightside of the switch
whentheyareon.
2-47
Featums & Controls
KO241
Remember,foglampsalonewillnotgive off as muchlightasyourheadlights.

Neveruseyourfoglamps in the dark without turning on your headlights.
Foglampswillgo off wheneveryourhighbeamheadlightscomeon.When
the high beamsgooff,thefoglampswillcomeonagain.
Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Indicator Light (Canada Only)
KO242
Ifyour vehicle was firstsold,whennew, in Canada,youwillhavethislight

on theinstrumentpanel.It goesonwhenevertheDaytimeRunningLightsare
on.
2-48
Dayiime Running Lights (Canada Only)
TheCanadianFederalGovernmenthasdecidedthat“DaytimeRunning
Lights”(DRL)areausefulfeature,inthatDRLcanmakeyourvehiclemore
visibletopedestriansandotherdriversduringdaylighthours.DRLisrequired
on all newvehiclessold in Canada.
Thehighbeamheadlightswillcomeonatreducedbrightnessindaylight
when:
Theignitionison
Theheadlightswitchis off, and
Theparkingbrakeisreleased.
vvnenyouturnonyourheadlights,theDRLwillswitch off andtheexrerlor
lightswillcomeon.Whenyouturn off theheadlights,theexteriorlightswill
gooutandhighbeamswillchange to thereducedbrightness of DRLagain.
TheDRLindicatorlightontheinstrumentpanelwillgoonwhenevertheDRL
is on.ThislightmeansthatonlytheDRLison.Whenyouturnonyour
exteriorlights,thislightwillgoout. Of course,youmaystillturnonthe
headlightsanytimeyouneedto.
To idleyourvehiclewiththeDRL off, settheparkingbrake.TheDRLwill
stay off untilyoureleasetheparkingbrake.
Headlights-On Reminder
A remindertonewillsoundwhenyourheadlightsareturnedonandyour
ignitionisin Off, LOCK or Acc. To turnthetone off, turnthedimmerdialall
the way to the left.
2-49
Features & Controls
Dome Light
L J
KO1 87
Thedomelightwillcomeonwhenyouopenthesidedoors. You canalso

turnthedomelightonbyturningthedimmerdial to therightuntilitclicks.
Mirrors
’%
PO154
Inside Mirror
Pressthetabunder the mirrortoreduceglarefromheadlightsbehindyou.
If yourvehiclehasoptio.nalmaplights,theywillautomaticallycomeonfor
approximately 15 secondswheneitherfrontdoor is opened,oruntilthe
ignitionisturned to RUN.
You canalsoturnthe map lights on and off bypressingtheswitchnear
eachlight.However,theignitionmustbeturnedto RUN forthemaplights to
comeon.
Outside Mirrors
Adjust your outside mirrors so youcanjustseetheside ofyourvehicle.

Some vehiclescomewitharemotecontrolswitchforadjustingtheoutside
mirrors.FindtheswitchontheinstrumentpanelbelowtheAir
Conditioning/Heatercontrols.Twisttheswitch to therightorleft to choosethe
mirror,thenmovetheswitchfromside to sideorupanddownasneeded.
Convex Outside Mirror
Your rightsidemirror is convex.Aconvexmirror'ssurfaceiscurved so you
canseemorefromthedriver'sseat.
2-5 1
Features & Controls
-
k If you aren'tused to a convexmirror,youcan
convexmirrorcanmakethings(likeothervehicles)
hit anothervehicle. A
look fartheraway
than they really are. If you cut too sharply into the right lane, you
c
could hit a vehicle on1 your right.Checkyourinsidemirror or gla.nce L
over your shoulder before changinig lanes.
Sun VisorsNanify Mirrors
KO251
To blockoutglare,youcanswingdownthevisors.Youcan also swingthem

fromsidetoside.
Somevisorshavemirrorsbuiltin,withandwithoutlights.Justliftthemirror
coveroneachvisortoturnthelightson if youhavethem.
2-52
1
1
PO270
Somevisorshavea“dualvisor”,whereyoucanswingportions of the visor

in different directions at the same time to block out glare. These visors also
haveanextensionthatcanbe pulled outforadditionalglareprotection.
Your visormayhaveastrapforholdingsmallitems,suchasmaps.
Accessory Power Outlet
PO157
Ifyouhavetheoptionalaccessorypoweroutlet,youcanplug in auxiliary
electricalequipment.Justunsnapthetop of theoutletand follow theproper
installationinstructionsthatareincludedwithanyelectricalequipmentyou
install.
2-53
Features & Controls
Cigarette f ighter/Ashtrays
KO26
To usethelighter,press it in all the way, andlet go.Whenit'sready,itwill

popbackbyitself.
Don't holdacigarettelighter in withyourhandwhile it isheating. If you do,
itwon'tbeable to backawayfromtheheatingelementwhenit'sready.That
canmake it overload,damagingthelighterandtheheatingelement.
To removethefrontashtray,pullonthefrontof it.
Don'tputpapersandotherthingsthatburnintoyourashtray. If you do,
cigarettes orothersmokingmaterialscouldsetthemonfirecausingdamage.
2-54
Storage Compartments
PO158
Your vehiclemayhaveaconsolecompartmentbetweenthebucketseats. To
openit,just lift thetop of theconsolewhilepressingthebuttononthe
driver’s side. If you have an automatic transmission, your console also includes
ahandyplace to hold cups. If youhaveamanualtransmission,yourconsole
willhaveatray.
KO258
To openyour glovebox,squeezethebuttons on eitherside of thekeyhole

togetherandpullthedooropen. Two cupholders are providedforyour
convenience.Useyourdoorkey to lockyourglovebox.
2-55
'I
Featums & Contmls

I
KO259
A narrowshelfunderyourinstrumentpanelmaybeusedforitemssuchas
gloves or small books.
KO260
YOU will find a storagepocketoneachofthefrontdoors.Thedriver'sdoor

pocket contains a coin holder for your loose change.
YOUmay alsohaveastoragepocketontheback ofyour 60/40 split-bench
seats.
2-56
K224,
Somevehicleshaveastorageareabehindtheseat.
PO1 84
Convenience Net (Extended Cab)

A conveniencenetmaybeprovidedfortherearcabtohelpkeepsmall
items,likegloves and lightclothing in placeduringsharpturnsorquickstops
andstarts.Thenet is notdesignedtoretaintheseitemsduringoff-road use.
Thenet is notforlarger,heavieritems.Storesuchthingsontheloadfloor
as far forward as you can.
Install the convenience net at the rear ofyourvehicle,justbelowtherear
window.Attachtheupperloops to the retainersbelowthewindow(thelabel
should be visible in the upperpassengersidecorner).Theconveniencenet
hasamaximumcapacityof 25 pounds (11 kg).
2-57
Features & Contmls
PO190
KO262
2-59
f
-
Features & Confmls
r
KO263
2-60
,f-J
KO264
2-61
Features & Confmls
instrument Cluster
Yourinstrument cluster is designed to letyouknowat a glancehowyour
vehicleisrunning.You'llknow howfastyou'regoing,abouthowmuch fuel
you've used,andmanyotherthingsyou'llneed to knowtodrivesafelyand
economically.
Digital Cluster
If youhavethedigitalcluster it looksdifferentbutwilltellyoueverythingthe
standardclusterdoes.Thedigitalcluster also includesatachometerand will
givereadings in eitherEnglishorMetric. To switchfromEnglish to Metric,
just pressdown on the EIM lever.
Speedometer and Odometer
I KO265
Yourspeedometer letsyouseeyourspeed in bothmilesperhour(mph)and

kilometersperhour(km/h).Yourodometershowshow far your vehicle has
beendriven, in eithermiles (used in the U.S.) or kilometers(used in
Canada).
2-62
1
Tamper Resistant Odometer
Your odometer is tamper-resistant. The standard odometer will show silver
linesbetweenthenumbers if someonetriesto turn it back.Thedigital
odometer will read ERROR if someonetriestoturn it back.
Cluster
Digital
Cluster
Standard
I
KO267
You maywonderwhathappens if yourvehicleneedsanewodometer

installed.Ifthenewonecanbeset to themileagetotal of the old odometer,
thenitmustbe.But if it can’t,thenit’ssetatzero,andalabelmustbeput
on the driver’sdoortoshowthe old mileagereadingwhenthenewodometer
wasinstalled.
2-63
Featums & Controls
Trip Odometer
Thetripodometercan tell youhowfaryourvehiclehasbeendrivensince
youlastsetthetripodometer to zero.Makesurethebuttoniscompletely
depressed.
Cluster
Digital
Cluster
Standard
KO269
To setthetripodometeronthestandardcluster to zero,push the button

near the readout.
The trip odometeronthedigitalclusterwillappear in place of yourregular
odometerwhenyoupressdownonthe Trip lever. To resetthetripodometer
onthedigitalcluster,pressdownonthe Reset lever. To changebacktothe
regularodometer,pressdownonthe Trip leveragain.
2-64
i
KO271
~ NOTICE
If youhave the 4.3L HighPerformanceengine(VINCode W), youwillhave

afuelregulatorthatshuts the fuel off whentheenginereaches 5600 rpm.
Warning Lights, Gages and Indicators
Thissectiondescribesthewarninglightsandgagesthatareonyourvehicle.
Thepictureswillhelpyoulocatethem.
Warning lightsandgagescan s.ignal thatsomethingiswrongbefore it
becomesseriousenoughtocauseanexpensiverepairorreplacement.Paying
attentiontoyourwarninglightsandgagescould also saveyouorothersfrom
injury.
Warninglights go onwhentheremaybeor is aproblemwith one of your
vehicle’sfuncfions. As youwillseeinthedetailsonthenextfewpages,
somewarninglightscomeonbrieflywhenyouturntheignitionkeyjust to let
youknowthey’reworking. If youarefam’iliarwiththissection,youshouldnot
bealarmedwhenthishappens.
2-65
Features & Controls
Gagescanindicatewhentheremaybeor is aproblemwithoneofyour
vehicle’sfunctions.Oftengagesandwarninglightsworktogether to letyou
knowwhen there’saproblemwithyourvehicle.
Whenoneofthewarning lightscomesonandstaysonwhenyouare
driving,orwhenoneofthegagesshowstheremaybeaproblem,checkthe
section that tells you what to doabout it. Pleasefollowthemanual’sadvice.
Waiting to dorepairscanbecostly-andevendangerous. So pleaseget to
knowyourwarninglightsandgages.They’rea big help.
Brake System Warning Light
Cluster
Digital
Cluster
Standard
Pol 59
Your vehicle’shydraulicbrakesystemisdivided into twoparts. If one part

isn’tworking,theotherpartcanstillworkandstopyou.Forgoodbraking,
though,youneedbothpartsworkingwell.Yourvehiclealsohasrearwheel
anti-lockbrakes. If thewarninglightgoeson,therecouldbeabrakeproblem
with either yourregularorrearwheelanti-lockbrakes,orboth.Haveyour
brakesysteminspectedrightaway.
Thislightshouldcomeonasyoustartthevehicle.Ifitdoesn’tcomeon
then,have it fixed so it willbeready to warnyou if there’saproblem.
Thislightwillalsocomeon whenyousetyourparkingbrake,andwillstay
on if yourparkingbrakedoesn’treleasefully. If it staysonafteryourparking
brakeisfullyreleased, it meansyoumayhaveabrakeproblem. If thelight
comesonwhiledriving,pull off theroadandstopcarefully. Youmay notice
thatthepedalisharder to push.Or,the pedal maygocloser to thefloor. It
may takelonger to stop. If thelightisstill on,havethevehicletowedfor
service.(See“TowingYourVehicle” in theIndex.)
2-66
I
1
I1
CAUTION
A Your brakesystemmaynotbeworkingproperly if thebrakewarning
lightison.Drivingwiththebrakewarninglightoncanleadtoan
accident. If thelightisstillonafteryou’vepulled off ? roadand
stoppedcarefully,havethevehicletowedfor servirn
Engjne _GaolantTemperature Gage

Cluster
Digital
Cluster
Standard
KO274
2-67
Features & Controls
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (Service Engine Soon)
Cluster
Standard Digital Cluster
II
I
PO161
A computermonitorsoperation ofyour fuel,ignitionandemissioncontrol

systems.Thislightshouldcomeonwhentheignition is on,buttheengineis
not running,asacheck to showyou it is working.If it doesnotcomeonat
all, have it fixedrightaway. If it stayson,orcomes on whileyou aredriving,
thecomputerisindicatingthatyouhave a problem.Youshouldtakeyour
vehicle in forservice soon.
2-68
Oil Pressure Gage
Standard Cluster D i g M Cluster
The oil pressuregageshowstheengine

-
oil pressureinpsi(poundsper
KO276
squareinch)whentheengineisrunning.Canadianvehiclesindicatepressure
inkPa(kilopascals). Oil pressuremayvarywithenginespeed,outside
temperatureand oil viscosity,butreadingsabovethe low pressurezone
indicatethenormaloperatingrange.
A readinginthelowpressurezonemaybecausedby a dangerouslylow oil
levelorotherproblemscausinglow oil pressure.
Onthedigitalcluster, a boxaroundtheoilpressuresymbolwillbegintoflash
whentheoilpressureislow.
I
Dsln't ke'epdrivinlg if the oil pressure is l'ow. If you do, your engine
can become so hot that it catches fire. YQU or others could be
burned. Clheck your oil as soon as possiblle and have yo'u~r vehicle
serviced.
2-69
lndicator Lights
lndicatorlights goonwhenyouuseyourturnsignals,changefromlowbeam
headlights to highbeams,orwhenyouuseyourhazardflashers.Thenext
few pages will also tell you about the indicator lights on your vehicle and
helpyoulocate them.
Charging System Light
- .
., .... .
L
KO280
t
Thechargingsystemlightwillcomeonbrieflywhenyou turn on theignition,
buttheengineisnotrunning,asacheck to showyou it is working.Then it
should go outoncetheengine is running. If it stayson,orcomesonwhile
youaredriving,youmayhaveaproblemwiththeelectricalchargingsystem.
It could indicate that you have a loose generator drive belt, or another
electricalproblem.Have it checkedrightaway.Drivingwhilethislight is on
could drainyourbattery.
If youmustdriveashortdistancewiththelight on, be certain to turn off all
youraccessories,such as theradioandairconditioner. It is onthelower
right hand side of your standard instrument cluster.
2-70
CHECK GAGES Light
KO281
If youhavethestandardinstrumentcluster,thislightwillcomeonbriefly
whenyouarestartingtheengine. If thelightcomesonandstaysonwhile
youaredriving,checkyourvariousgages to see if theyareinthewarning
zones.
Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Indicator Light (Canada Only)
KO242
ThisgreenlightwiththeDRLsymbol is on thelowerleft of theinstrument

cluster.TheDRLindicatorisonwhenevertheignitionisonandtheheadlight
switchandparkingbrakeare off. FormoredetailsaboutDRL,see"Lights"in
thissection.
2-71
Features & Controls
SHIFT Indicator Light
KO287
This light with the SHIFT symbol is on the instrument cluster of some vehicles
withmanualtransmissions.The SHIFT indicatorlightwillhelpyougetthe
best fuel economy.See “ShiftIndicatorLight” in thissection.
Headlight High Beam Indicator Light
Thislightwiththebluehighbeamsymbolisontheinstrumentcluster.The
highbeamindicator is onwheneveryouuseyourhighbeamheadlights.For
moredetailsabouthighbeams,see“HeadlightHigh-LowBeamChanger” in
this section.
2-72
Turn Signal and Lane Change lndicator
Cluster
Digifal
Cluster
Standard
Thislightwith the greenarrows is ontheinstrumentcluster.The turn signal

indicatorwillcomeonwheneveryousignala turn or lanechange.See“Turn
andLaneChangeSignal” in this section.
2-73
Features & Controls
Gages
Fuel Gage
Standard Cluster Digital Cluster
KO272
The fuel gagetellsyouabouthowmuch fuel youhaveleft,whentheignition

is on.Whenthegagefirstindicatesempty,youstillhavealittlefuelleft,but
youshouldgetmorefuelsoon.
A boxaroundthegagesymbolonthedigitalclusterwillbegin to flash when
yourtank is 1/8 full orless.
Here are four things that some owners ask about. None oftheseshow a
problem with your fuel gage:
At the gas station,the gaspumpshuts off beforethegagereadsfull.
It takesalittlemoreorlessfuel to fill up thanthegageindicated.For
example,thegagemayhaveindicatedthetankwashalffull,but it
actually took alittlemoreorlessthanhalfthetank‘scapacity to fill the
tank.
Thegagemovesalittlewhenyouturnacornerorspeedup.
Thegagedoesn’t go back to emptywhenyouturn off theignition.
Foryourfueltankcapacity,seetheIndexunder“FluidCapacities.”
2-74
t
Voltmeter
KO278
Whenyourengine is notrunning, but the ignition is on(inthe Run position),

thegageshowsyourbattery'sstate of charge in DC volts.Whentheengine
is running,thegageshowsthecondition of thechargingsystem.Readings
between the lowand high warningzonesindicatethenormaloperatingrange.
Onthedigitalcluster,aboxaroundthevoltmetersymbolwillbegin to flash
whenthechargingsystemneedsservice.
You canonlydriveforashorttimewiththereading in eitherwarningzone.If
youmustdrive, turn off allunnecessaryaccessories.
Readings in eitherwarningzoneindicateapossibleproblem in theelectrical
system.Havethevehicleservicedassoonaspossible.
mailer Wiring Harness
Your vehicle mayhaveeithera5-wireor7-wireharness.
The5-wireharnessisstoredalongtheleftrearframecrossmember.The
harnesshasnoconnector,andyoushouldhaveaqualifiedserviceperson
wireyourharnessforyou. It mustberoutedout ofyour vehicleandattached
so that the trailer or thebodywon'tpullit.
2-75
Features & Contmls
KO250
The7-wireharness is storedunderyourvehiclealongtherearframe
crossmember.Thisharnesshasa 30 Amp. in-linefusedbatteryfeedwireand
noconnector,andshouldbewiredbyaqualifiedserviceperson.Attach the
harness to thetrailer, then tape orstrap it to yourvehicle'sframerail.Be
sureyouleave it looseenough so thewiringdoesn'tbend or break,butnot
so loose that it dragsontheground.
Storetheharness in its originalplace. Wrap theharnesstogetherand tie it
neatly so it won'tbedamaged.
2-76
I
Comforf Controls & Audio Systems
In thispartyou’llfindouthowtooperatethecomfortcontrolsystemsand
audiosystemsofferedwithyourvehicle.Besure to readabouttheparticular
systemsuppliedwithyourvehicle.
Forexplanationofvehicle symbols, referto“VehicleSymbols”in
Section 0.
Comfort Controls ..............I..........I....I..........................I.......r................................. 3-3
Flow-Through Ventilation System ..................................................................... 3-3
Heating System....-..-.......................................................................................... 3-5
Heating/Air Conditioning System............................................*.......,-.. ........ - ......3-6
Engine Block Heater ............................................................................................. 3-7
Audio Systems..................................................I....I................I.I..I.I...................I.I.3-7
FM Stereo .......................................................................................................... 3-8 .
AM ........ -..............=........................... ....................................................................3-8

AM Stereo ................... ........................ ............................................................. 3-8
How to Operate YourETR*AMRadio ..... ....................-.............. .......... 3-9
How to Operate Your ETRB AM-FM
Stereo Audio System ................................................................................... 3-11
How toOperate Your ETR@AM-FM
Stereo Audio Cassette System ................................................................... 3-13
3-1
Comfort Contmls & Audio Systems
How to OperateYour ETRs AM-FM
Stereo Audio Cassette System With Equalizer ......................................... 3-1 6
Care of Your Cassette Tape Player .............................................................. 3-19
How to OperateYour ETR@ AM-FM
Stereo Audio Compact Disc (CD) System ........................... - .................... 3-20
Care of Your Compact Disc ........................................................................... 3-25
Fixed Mast Antenna ............................................................................................ 3-26
3-2
Comfort Controls
Flow-Through Ventilatr'on System
I
KO502
Your vehicle's flow-through ventilation system supplies outside air to the inside
ofyour vehiclewhen it is moving.Withthesidewindowsclosed,airwillflow
into the front air inlet grilles, through the vehicle, and out the rear air exhaust
valves.Outsideairwillalsoenterthevehiclewhentheheaterortheair
conditioningfanisrunning.
Ventilation Tips
e Keepthehoodandfrontairinletfree of ice,snow,oranyother
obstruction (such as leaves). The heater and defroster will work far
better, reducing the chance of fogging the inside of your windows.
Whenyouenteravehicle in coldweather,turntheblowerfan to HI for
a fewmomentsbeforedriving off. This helps clear the intake ducts of
snowandmoisture,andreducesthechance of foggingtheinsideof
your windows.
e Keep the air path under the front seats clear ofobjects. This helps air
to circulate throughout your vehicle.
3-3
Comfort Controls & Audio Systems
Air Vents
You will find air vents in the center and on the sides of yourinstrument
panel. You canmovethevents to direct the flow ofair,orclose the vents
altogether.When you close a vent, it will increase the flow of aircomingout
of any vents that are open.
If yourvehicledoes not have air conditioning, there are air vents in eachkick
I
panel belowtheinstrumentpanel.Eachventhas a handle to openandclose
it.
3-4
Fan Lever
Thelever at thetop of thesystemhasfourpositions. To increasetheair
flow,movethelevertoward HI. To decrease the airflow,moveittoward OFF.
Temperature Lever
The lever on the left of thesystem lets you select the temperature of theair
flowing into yourvehicle.Movetheleverupforwarmerair.Movethelever
down for cooler air.
Function Lever
Theleverontheright of thesystemcanbemoved to threedifferentheating
functions.
DEFROST: Thissettingoperatesthedefroster.Most of theaircomesout
near the windshield,withsomegoing to thefloorventsandsidewindow
defrost vents. Use this whenyouget fog or ice onthewindshield.
HTR (Heater): Mostof the aircomesoutnearthefloor.Therestcomesout
fromthedefrosterventsunderthewindshieldandatthefrontsidewindows.
This is best for cold weather.
VENT: Theaircomesoutattheventsonyourinstrumentpanelandatyour
front side windows.
3-5
Comforf Controls & Audio Systems
HeatingAir Conditioning System
K05ur
If your vehicle has air conditioning, your heatinglair conditioning system will
look like this.
Before using your vehicle’s air conditioning, open the windows to clear the
vehicle of hot air.
Fan Lever
The lever at the top of thesystemhasfourpositions. To increase the air
flow,movethelevertoward H1. To decreasetheairflow,move it toward LO.
Temperature Lever
The lever on the left of thesystemdisplayletsyouselectthetemperature of
the air coming into your vehicle. Move the lever upforwarmerair.Movethe
lever down for cooler air.
Function Lever
Theleverontheright of thesystemcanbemovedtosevendifferentheating
and air conditioning functions.
DEFROST Thissettingoperatesthedefroster.Most of theaircomesout
nearthewindshield,withsomegoingtothefloorventsandsidewindow
defrostvents.Usethiswhenyougetfog or iceonthewindshield.
HTR (Heater): Mostoftheaircomes outnearthefloor.Therestcomesout
from the defroster vents under the windshield and at your front side windows.
Thisisbestfor cold weather.
3-6
VENT: Theaircomesoutattheventsonyourinstrumentpanelandatyour
front side windows.
BI-LEV NC: With this, outside air comes in through the heater floor vent and
theinstrumentpanelvents.Thissetting is usefulincoolweatherwithbright
sunlight.
NORM NC: Thissettingcoolstheoutside air. If youfirstusedMAX,use
NORMassoonasthevehiclehascooleddown, so outsideairwillbegoing
through your vehicle.
MAX NC: Thiscoolstheairthefastest.Movetheotherleverallthewayto
Cold. MAX lets in only a littleairfromtheoutside. YoucanuseMAXat first
when it’s reallyhotoutsideandyouneedtocool off quickly.
OFF: Thebloweris off, butairstillwillcomefromoutletsatthefront ofyour
vehicle.Thesystemwilltry to keeptheairatthechosentemperature.
Engine Block Heater

If youusetheoptionalengineblockheaterbeforestartingyourengine,your
heating system will produce warmer air faster, to heat the passenger
compartment in coldweather.See“EngineBlockHeater”intheIndex.
Audio Systems
I
CAUTION
A Hearing damage frolm lloud noise is almost undetectable until it is too

late. Your hearing can adapt to higher volmes ofsound. So’und that
seems normal can be loud an’dharmfulltoyourhearing.Jake
precaution’s by adjusting the volume control on your radio to a safe
sound level before your hearing adapts to it.
To help avoid hearing IOSS ordamage:
* Adjustthevolumecontroltothelowestsetting.
- -
Increasevolume SliOWly untilyouhearcomfortablyand
clearlv.
Your L-.CO@audiosystemhasbeendesignedtooperateeasilyandgive
years of listeningpleasure.Butyou will getthemostenjoymentoutofitif
youacquaintyourselfwith it first.FindoutwhatyourDelco@systemcan do
and how tooperateall its controls,tobesureyou’regettingthe mostoutof
theadvancedengineeringthatwentintoit.
3-7
FM Stereo
FMstereowillgiveyouthebestsound.ButFMsignalswillreachonlyabout
10 to 40 miles(16 to 65km).And,tallbuildingsorhillscaninterferewith
FMsignals,causingthesound to comeandgo.
AM
TherangeformostAMstationsisgreaterthanforFM,especiallyatnight.
Thelongerrange,however,cancausestationstointerferewitheachother.
AMcanpickupnoisefromthingslikestormsandpowerlines.Tryreducing
thetrebletoreducethisnoise if youevergetit.
AM Stereo
C-QUA@
ThismeanstheDelco@systemcanreceiveC-QUAM@stereobroadcasts.
Many AM stationsaroundthecountryuseC-QUAM@toproducestereo,
thoughsome do not.(C-QUAM@isaregisteredtrademark of Motorola,Inc.)
If yourDelco@systemcangetC-QUAM?your “STEREO” lightwillcomeon
whenyou’rereceiving it.
3-8
How to Operate Your E T P AM Radio
K4308
This part tellsyouhowyourETR@ AM radio works.

P WR (Power)
The PWR buttonswitchestheradioonand off.
Upper Knob
Theupperknobdoesthesethreethings:
It controlsthevolume.TheVOLknobincreasesvolumewhenrotated
clockwise.
It tells you thetime.(Whentheignition is off, pushtheRECALLknob to
display the time.)
It allowsyou to RECALLthefrequencywhen the radio is playing.
BAL (Balance)
Thecontrol behind the upperknoballowsyou to balancethesoundbetween
therightandleftspeakers.
Lower Knob
Turnthelowerknow to tune in radiostations
3-9
Pushbuttons
Thefourpushbuttonsletyoureturntofavoritestations.Youcansetthe
pushbuttonsfor up to sevenfavorite AM stations.Just:
Tune in thestationyou want.
PushtheSETpushbutton. (SET appears in the VF displayforafew
seconds.)
Within 5 seconds,pushoneofthefourpushbuttons to storethestation.
Wheneveryoupressthatbutton,thepresetstationwillreturn.
NOTE:
Up to threeadditionalstations maybe presetbypressinatwoadjoining
buttons at the same time.
Tune in thedesiredstation.
PresstheSETpushbutton.
Within 5 seconds,pressanytwoadjoiningpushbuttonsatthesametime.
(Thestationwillreturnwhenthesametwobuttonsarepressedagain.
Clock
To set the clock, just:
PushtheSETpushbutton.
Within 5 seconds,pressand hold MlNS until thecorrectminuteappears
onthedisplay.
PressandholdHRS until thecorrecthourappearsonthedisplay.
TREBLE
SlidetheTREBLEleverup to increasethetrebleresponse. If thestation is
weakornoisy, slidetheTREBLEleverdown to reducethenoise.
BASS
SlidetheBASSleverup to increasethebassresponse.AdjusttheBASS
lever to give a pleasing sound to yourear.
3-1 0
1
How to Operate Your E T P AM-FM Stereo Audio
System
K4309
ThisparttellsyouhowyourETR@ AM-FM stereoaudiosystemworks.

P WR (Power)
Upper Knob
The upper knob does these two things:
It controlsthevolume.The VOL knobincreasesvolumewhenrotated
clockwise.
It tellsyouthetime.(Whentheignition is off, pushthe RECALL knobto
display the time.)
BAL (Balance)
Thecontrolbehindtheupperknoballowsyou to balancethesoundbetween
Lower Knob
Turnthelowerknob to tune in radiostations.Push it toget AM or FM.
FADE
The control behind the lower knob fades the sound between your front and
rear speakers.
3-1 1
SEEK
PresstheSEEKbuttontocausethereceiver to SEEK thenexthigherstation
andstop.
SCAN
WhenyoupressSCAN,theradiowillgotothenextstationandpauseand
willkeepscanninguntilyoupressSCANagain.SCANappears in the VF
display.
Pushbuttons
Thefourpushbuttonsletyoureturn to favoritestations.
You cansetthepushbuttonsforup to fourteen favorite stations (7 AM and
7 FM). Just:
PresstheSETpushbutton.(SETappears in the VF displayforafew
seconds.)
Within 5 seconds,pushone of thefourpushbuttons to storethestation.
NOTE:
Up to threeadditionalstations maybe preset oneach band bypressingtwo
adjoiningbuttonsatthesametime.(Thestationwillreturn when thesame
twobuttonsarepressed again.)
Clock
Within 5 seconds,pressandhold SEEK untilthecorrectminuteappears
onthedisplay.
I
r .
. ..
PressandholdSCANuntilthecorrecthourappearsonthedisplay.
> -
TREBLE
SlidetheTREBLEleverup to increasethetrebleresponse. If astationis
weak ornoisy,slidetheTREBLEleverdown to reducethenoise.
BASS
Slide the BASSleveruptoincreasethebassresponse.AdjusttheBASS
lever to giveapleasingsound to yourear.
3-1 2
How to Operate Your E T P AM-FM Stereo Audio
Cassette System
B - .
I
K4310
Thispart tells youhowyour ETR@ AM-FM stereoaudiocassettesystem

works:
P WR (Power)
ThePWR button switchestheradio on and off.
Upper Knob
It controlsthevolume.The VOL knobincreasesvolumewithclockwise
rotation.
It tells you the time.(Whentheignition is off, pushtheRCLknobto
display the time.)
It allowsyou to heartheotherside of thetape.(PresstheRCLknob
while the cassette is playing.)
BAL (Balance)
The control behind theupperknoballowsyou to balancethesoundbetween
Lower Knob
Turnthelowerknob to tune in radiostations.Push it to get AM orFM.
3-1 3
Comfort Confmls & Audio Systems
FADE
Thecontrolbehindthelowerknobfadesthesoundbetweenyourfrontand
rear speakers.
SEEK
Pressingthe SEEK buttonwillcausethereceivertoSEEKthenexthigher
stationandstop.
SCAN
WhenyoupressSCAN,theradiowillgo to thenextstationandpause,and
willkeepscanninguntilyoupressSCANagain.SCANappears in the VF
display.
Pushbuttons
Thefourpushbuttonsletyoureturn to favoritestations. You cansetthe
pushbuttonsforup to fourteenfavoritestations (7 AM and 7 FM).Just:
PresstheSETpushbutton.(SETappearsintheVFdisplayfor 5
seconds.)
Within 5 seconds,pushone of thefourpushbuttons to storethestation.
. ~ ~~.
NOTE:
Inadditiontothefourstationssetasabove, up to threeadditionalstations
maybepresetoneachbandbypressingtwoadjoiningpushbuttonsatthe
sametime.
Tuneinthedesiredstation.
PresstheSETpushbutton.(SETappears in the VF displayfor 5
seconds.)
Within 5 seconds,pressanytwoadjoiningpushbuttonsatthesametime.
(Thestationwillreturnwhenthesametwobuttonsarepressedagain.)
Clock
To settheclock,just:
Within 5 seconds,pressandholdSEEKuntilthecorrectminuteappears
onthedisplay.
3-1 4
TREBLE
SlidetheTREBLEleveruptoincreasethetrebleresponse. If thestationis
weakornoisy,slide the TREBLEleverdowntoreduce the noise.
BASS
SlidetheBASSleverup to increase the bassresponse.AdjusttheBASS
lever to give a pleasing sound to yourear.
DNP
This is theDynamicNoiseReductionbutton.DNR@helpsremovebackground
hissfromtheradioortapeplayer. Youmaywant toleaveitpushed in allthe
time.
DNR@ is aregisteredtrademark of NationalSemiconductorCorporation.
To Play A Cassette
Your tape player is built to work best with tapes that are 30 to 45 minutes
long on each side. Tapeslongerthanthatare so thintheymaynotworkwell
inthisplayer.
Oncethetape is playing,usetheupperandlowerknobsforvolumebalance
andfadejustasyou do fortheradio.Thearrowsindicatewhichside of the
tapeisbeingplayed.
Forward
To rapidlyadvancethetape,pressthearrowpointingrightandthetape will
rapidlygoforwarduntilyoupresstheSTOP-EJECTbuttonlightly.
Reverse
To rapidlyreverse the tape,press the arrowpointingleftandthetapewill
rapidlyreverseuntilyoupresstheSTOP-EJECTbuttonlightly.
PROGRAM
To gofromoneside of thetapetotheother,press the VOL-BAUPROG-RCL
knob(Volume).
EJECT
To removethetapeorstopthetapeandswitchtoradio,pressthe
STOP-EJECT button.
3-1 5
How to Operate Your ETW AM-FM Stereo Audio
Cassette System With Equalizer
K4311
ThisparttellsyouhowyourETR@ AM-FM stereoaudiocassettesystemwith

equalizer works.
P WR (Power)
Upper Knob
It controlsthevolume.
It tellsyouthetime.(Whentheignition is off, pushtheRCLknob to
display the time.)
It allowsyou to heartheotherside of thetape.(PressthePROGknob
whilethecassette is playing.)
BAL (Balance)
Thecontrolbehindthe upperknoballowsyoutobalance thesoundbetween
rightandleftspeakers.
Lower Knob
Turnthelowerknob to tuneradiostations.Push it toget AM or FM.
FADE
Thecontrolbehindthelowerknobfadesthesoundbetweenyourfrontand
rear speakers.
3-1 6
SEEK
Pressing the SEEK button will cause the receiver to SEEK the, next higher
stationandstop.
SCAN
WhenyoupressSCAN,theradio will gotothenextstationandpauseand
will keep scanninguntilyoupressSCANagain.SCANappears in thegraphic
display.
Pushbuttons
Thefourpushbuttonsletyoureturntofavoritestations. You can Set the
pushbuttons for uptofourteenfavoritestations (7 AM and 7 FM). Just:
PresstheSETpushbutton. (NOTE: ThedisplaywillshowSET for about
5 seconds.)
Withinthe 5 seconds,pushone of thefourpushbuttons.Wheneveryou
pressthatbutton,thepresetstationwillreturn.
NOTE:
In additiontothefourstationssetasabove,up to threeadditionalstations
maybepresetoneach band bypressingtwoadjoiningbuttonsatthesame
time.Just:
Within 5 seconds,pressany two adjoiningpushbuttonsatthesametime.
(Thestationwillreturnwhenthesametwobuttonsarepressedagain.)
Clock
Within 5 seconds,pressandholdSEEKuntilthecorrectminuteappears
onthedisplay.
Adjust The Tone
Use theleversintheupperleftcorner to setthebass,midrange,andtreble
until you getthesoundyouwant.The 60 and 250 leversadjustthebass; 1K
is midrange;and 3.5K and 10K controlthetreble.
We suggestyoustartwiththecenterlever (IK) in themidpointposition,then
movetheothersupuntilyougettheamount of bassandtrebleyoulike.
3-1 7
Am-St Button
TheAm-Stis justbelowthe PWR button.Pushthiswhenyoutune to an
AM stationthatbroadcastsinstereo. YourSTEREOlight will comeonwhen
you’rereceiving AM stereo.IfyoupushAm-Standthereisnomorenoise, it
meansthestationisweak.You’llhearthestationbetter if youdon’tuse
Am-St.JustpushtheAm-Stbuttonagain to deletestereo.
LOUD
Theloudnessbuttonisnext to the PWR button.Push it togetmorebass
sound.
DNP
Your audio systemhasautomaticDynamicNoiseReduction.Ithelpsremove
backgroundhissnoisefromtheradioortapeplayer.
DNR@isaregisteredtrademark of theNationalSemiconductorCorporation.
To Play A Cassette
Your tape player is built to work best with tapes that are 30 to 45 minutes
longoneachside.Tapeslongerthanthat are so thin they maynotworkwell
in this player.
Oncethetapeisplaying,usetheupperandlowerknobsforvolume,balance
andfade,justasyou did forradio.Thearrowsindicatewhichside of the
tape is beingplayed.
Cr02
The Cr02 button lets yousetthesystemforthetype of cassettebeingused.
If youareusingchromeormetaltapes,pushthe Cr02 buttonin.
FWD (Forward)
To rapidlyadvancethetape,press FWD, andthetapewillrapidlygoforward
until youpressthe REV buttonlightly.
REV (Reverse)
To rapidlyreversethetape,pressREV,andthetapewillrapidlyreverseuntil
youpressthe W D button lightly.
SEARCH
PushtheSEARCHbutton to theright.(The ON lightwillcomeon.)
Push FWD to go to the beginning of thenextselection.
PushREVwiththeSEARCH ON light lit, andthetapewillreverse to the
beginning of the current selection.
3-1 8
PROGRAM
To gofromonesideofthetape to theother,presstheupperknob.
EJECT
To removethetapeorstopthetapeandswitchtoradio,pressthe EJECT
button.
A tapeplayerthatisnotcleanedregularlycancausereducedsoundquality,
ruinedcassettes, or a damagedmechanism.Cassettetapesshouldbestored
in theircasesawayfromcontaminants,directsunlight,andextremeheat. If
they aren't, they may not operate properly or cause failure of thetapeplayer.
Your tapeplayershouldbecleanedregularlyeachmonthorafterevery 15
hours ofuse. If younoticeareduction in soundquality, try aknowngood
cassette to seeifthetapeorthetapeplayerisatfault. If this other cassette
hasnoimprovement in soundquality,cleanthetapeplayer.
Cleanyourcassettetapeplayerwithawiping-action,non-abrasivecleaning
cassette,andfollowthedirectionsprovidedwith it.
Cassettes are subject to wear and the sound quality may degrade over time.
Alwaysmakesurethatthecassettetape is in good condition before you
have your tape player serviced.
3-1 9
How to Operate Your E T P AM-FM Stereo Audio Compact
Disc (CD) System
KO596
This part tells youhowyourETR@ AM-FM stereosystemworks:

P WR (Power)
ThePWR buttonswitchestheradioonand off when theignitionison.
Upper Knob
Theupperknobdoesthesetwothings:
Itcontrolsthevolume.VolumewillincreasewhentheVOLknob is
turnedclockwiseanddecreasewhenturnedcounterclockwise.Volumewill
bedisplayedbrieflyunlessthe LeWRightspeakercontrol,Rear/Front
speaker control, BASS or TREB are adjusted.
It controlsthemutefeature. By pressingthe MUTE knob, allsoundfrom
theradioor CD playerstops.Bypressingtheknobagain,orbyturning
theVOLknobclockwise,soundwillbeginagain.
LeWRight Speaker Control
Thecontrolbehindtheupperknoballowsyoutobalancethesoundbetween
therightandleftspeakers.Balancewillbedisplayedbrieflywhenusingthis
control.
Lower Knob
Thelowerknobdoesthesetwothings:
It enablesyou to tune in differentradiostationsbyturningtheknob
clockwise or counterclockwise.
3-20
It enablesyoutoalternatebetween AM and FM stationsbypressingthe
BANDknob. Your selectionwillbebrieflydisplayed.
RearIFront Speaker Control
The control behind the lower knob fades the sound between your front and
rearspeakers.Fadelevels will be brieflydisplayed.
SEEK
Pressing the SEEK b button will cause the receiver to seekthenexthigher
stationandstop.
Pressingthe 4 SEEKbuttonwillcausethereceiver to seekthenextlower
stationandstop.
SCAN
WhenyoupressSCAN,theradiowill go tothenextstationandpause,and
willkeepscanninguntilyoupressSCANagain. SC willbedisplayedwhen
usingthiscontrol.
Pushbuttons
Thefivepushbuttonsletyoureturn to favoritestations.Theyarealsoused
whenyouplayadisc.(See“ToPlay A CompactDisc”.)
To setthepushbuttonsforup to tenfavoritestations (5 AM and 5 FM):
Tuneinthedesiredstation.
* Pushthe SET button.(SETisdisplayedbriefly.)
Within 5 seconds,pushone of thefivepushbuttons to storethestation.
Clock
To settheclock,just:
PresstheSETpushbutton. The radiomaybeonor off.
Within 5 seconds,pressandholdeitherSEEK b toincreasethemin-
utesor 4 SEEKtodecreasetheminutesuntilthecorrectminute
appearsonthedisplay.
RCL
PresstheRCLbutton to alternatebetweentimeandradiostationonthe
display.RCLmaybepressedwhentheignitionis off toseethetime.
3-21
BASS
PresstheBASS A toincreasebasstonesand V BASStodecreasebass
tones.Pressthecenter of thecontrolforapresetBASSposition.Thebass
levelwillbedisplayedbrieflywhenusingthiscontrol.
TREBLE
Press the TREB A to increase the treble tones and V TREB to decrease
thetrebletones.Pressthecenter ofthecontrolforapresetTREBposition.
Thetreblelevelwillbedisplayedbrieflywhenusingthiscontrol.
To PIay A Compact Disc (CD):
NOTICE
Insertadiscpartwayintotheslot,labelsideup.Theplayerwillpull it in.
Wait a fewsecondsandthediscshouldplay.
If the disc comes back out, check whether:
0 Thediscisupsidedown.
It isdirty,scratched,orwet.
Too muchmoistureisin the! air.
, (Ifthereis,waitaboutonehour and try
again.)
RCL
Press RCL toseewhattrackisplaying.Press it againwithin 5 secondsto
seehowlong it hasbeenplaying.Thetracknumberalsoappearswhenyou
changethevolumeorwhenanewtrackstartstoplay.
COMP
Pressthe COMP buttontomake soft andloudpassagesmorenearlyequal
involume. COMP appearsinthedisplaywhileusingthiscommand.
RDM
TheRDMbuttonmeansrandomandwhen it ispressed, it causesthe CD
mechanism to playthetracksinarandomorderratherthaninthesequential
1, 2, 3 order.
3-22
REV
Pressand hold the REV button to quicklyreturn to afavoritepassage.The
counterreadingwillbedisplayed when using this control.
FWD
Press and hold the button to advancequicklywithinatrack.Release it
to resumeplaying.Watchthedisplay to stopataspecificpassage.
SCAN
PressSCAN to sampleeachtrackforapproximately 10 seconds.Scanning
willcontinueuntilthe RDM, SCANor anyothermotionbuttonispressed
again.
PREV
If you hold the PREV (4 SEEK)button, or press it morethanonce,thedisc
will return to previoustracks.
NEXT
PressNEXT(SEEK b) to hear thenexttracknowinstead of waitinguntilthe
presenttrack is finished. If you hold this button or press it morethanonce,
thediscwilladvancefurther.
ST-PL
PressST-PL(Stop-Play) to makethediscstopandtheradioplay.Press
ST-PL again to restartthediscatthepointwhere it stopped.
Press PWR or turn theignitionkey off to stopthediscplayer.Thediscstays
in theplayerandwillresumeplayingatthepointwhere it stopped.
PressEJECT to eject the discandmaketheradioplay.Thediscwillstartat
tract 1 whenyoureinsert it.
Anti-Theft Feature
Delco LOC ll@is anAnti-Theftfeaturefor the compactdiscplayer.Itcanbe
usedorignored.Ifignored,thesystemplaysnormally. If it isused,your
player won’t beusable if it iseverstolen,because it won’t turn on.
Theinstructionsbelow tell youhow to enterasecretcodeintothesystem. If
yourcarlosesbatterypowerforanyreason,youmustunlockthesystemwith
thesecretcodebeforetheradiowill turn on.
To Lock The System:
1. Writedownany 6 digitnumberandkeep it in asafeplace.
2.Turn the ignition to the“Accessory”or“Run”position.
3. Pressthe PWR button to turntheradio off.
3-23
4. Pressthe 1 and 4 buttonstogether. Hold themdownuntil “- - -” shows
onthedisplay.
Youarenowready to enteryoursecretcode.Don’twaitmorethan 15
secondsbetween steps.
5. Press SET and 000 willappearonthedisplay.
6. PresstheSEEK b buttontomakethefirstnumberappear.
7. RotatetheTUNEknobrightorlefttomakethelasttwonumbersagree
with your code.
8. PressBANDand 000 willappearagain.Nowyouarereadytoenterthe
last three digits ofyourcode.
9.Repeatsteps 6 and 7 forthelastthreedigits ofyourcode.
IO. PressBANDandrEPwillappearfor 5 secondsandthen 000 will
appear.
11. Repeatsteps6through 10. ThistimeSECwillappear-indicatingthat
theradioissecure.
To Unlock The System Afier A Power Loss
Whenbatterypowerisreapplied to asecuredradio,theradiowon’t turn on
andLOCwillappearonthedisplay.
Enteryoursecretcodeasfollows:pausenomorethan 15 secondsbetween
steps.
1. Turn theignition on.(Radio off.)
2. DepresstheSETbutton.Thedisplaywillshow 000.
3. Enterthe six digits of thecodefollowingsteps6-9above.Thedisplay
willshowthenumbersasentered.
4. DepresstheBANDknobandthetimeappears-indicatingthatthe
disablingsequencewassuccessful. If thedisplayindicatesSEC,the
numbersdidnotmatchandtheunitisstillsecured.
Disabling The Theft System
1. Depresspresets 1 and 4 for 5 secondswithignitiononandradiopower
off. ThedisplaywillshowSEC,indicatingtheunit is in thesecuremode.
2. DepresstheSETbutton.Thedisplaywillshow 000.
3. Enterthefirstthreedigitsof thecodefollowingsteps 6 and 7 of the
precedingparagraphs.Thedisplaywill show thenumbersasentered.
3-24
4. DepresstheBANDknob.Theradiowilldisplay 000.
5. Enterthesecondthreedigits ofthecode.Thedisplaywillshowthe
numbersasentered.
6. DepresstheBANDknob. If thedisplayshows "- -
-", thedisabling
sequencewassuccessful.Thenumbersmatchedtheuser-selectedcode
orthefactoryback-upcodeandtheunitisintheUNSECUREDmode. If
thedisplayshows SEC, thedisablingsequencewasunsuccessfuland
thenumbersdidnotmatcheither of thecodes a n d . the .unit will rema-in
intheSECUREDmode.
Care of Your Compact Disc
KO557
Handlediscscarefully.Storethem in theiroriginalcasesorotherprotective
casesandawayfromdirectsunlightanddust. If thesurface of adiscis
soiled,dampenaclean,softclothinamild,neutraldetergentsolutionand
clean it, wiping from the center to theedge.
Besurenevertotouchthesignalsurfacewhenhandlingdiscs.Pickupdiscs
bygraspingtheouteredgesortheedge of the hole and the outer edge.
3-25
Fixed Mast Antenna
Thefixedmastantennacanwithstandmostcarwasheswithout being
damaged. If themastshouldeverbecomeslightlybent,youcanstraighten it
out by hand. If themast is badlybent,asitmightbebyvandals,youshould
replaceit.
Checkeveryonce in awhile to besurethemastis still tiahtened to the
fender.
L
3-26
.Your Driving and the Road
Section
Hereyou’llfindinformationaboutdrivingondifferentkinds ofroads and in

varying weather conditions . We’ve also included many other useful tips on
driving.
Road Signs ............................................................................................................ 4-2
Defensive Driving .................................................................................................. 4-8
Drunken Driving ..................................................................................................... 4-9
Control of a Vehicle ............................................................................................ 4-12
Braking..............................................................................................................4-12
Steering Tips .................................................................................................... 4-18
Steering in Emergencies................................................................................. 4-18
Passing .............................................................................................................4-20
Loss of Control ................................................................................................ 4-22
Off-Road Driving With Your Four-wheel Drive Vehicle ....................................4-23
Driving at Night ................................................................................................... 4-34
Driving in the Rain.............................................................................................. 4-37
Driving in Fog, Mist and Haze .......................................................................... 4-39
City Driving .......................................................................................................... 4-41
Freeway Driving................................................................................................... 4-42
Driving a Long Distance ..................................................................................... 4-44
Hill and Mountain Roads .................................................................................... 4-46
Parking on Hills ................................................................................................... 4-48
Winter Driving ...................................................................................................... 4-51
Recreational Vehicle Towing (Four-wheel Drive Only) .................................... 4-54
Towing a Trailer ................................................................................................... 4-56
4-1
Your Driving and the Road
Road Signs
Theroadsignsyouseeeverywherearecodedbycolor,shapeandsymbols.
It's agoodidea to knowthesecodes so that you can quickly grasp the basic
meaningorintent of thesignevenbeforeyouhaveachance to read it.
.-.
..
Color of Road Signs
mM402001
REDmeans S-IP. It may alsoindicatethatsomemovement is notallowed.

Examplesare DO NOT ENTERandWRONG WAY.
YELLOWindicatesageneralwarning.Slowdownandbecarefulwhenyou
seeayellowsign.Itmaysignalarailroadcrossingahead,ano-passing
zone, or someotherpotentiallydangeroussituation.Likewise,ayellowsolid
linepaintedontheroadmeans"Don't Cross."
, -
..
, .
.. .
. I
r
c-
i
-
.
4-2
AM402003
ORANGEindicatesroadconstructionormaintenance.You’llwant to slow
downwhenyouseeanorangesign,aspart of theroadmaybeclosed off
ortornup,Andtheremaybeworkersandmaintenancevehiclesaround,too.
GREENisused to guidethedriver.Greensignsmayindicateupcoming
freewayexitsorshowthedirectionyoushouldturntoreachaparticular
place.
I-
BLUE signswithwhitelettersshowmotorists’services.
4-3
-
Your Driving
- - -
and the Road
- I
AM402006
BROWN signs point out recreation areas or points of historic or cultural

interest.
Shape of Road Signs
Theshape of the sign will tell yousomething,too.
AM402007
AnOCTAGONAL (eight-sided)signmeans STOP. I t isalwaysredwithwhite

letters.
ADIAMOND-shapedsignisawarning of somethingahead-forexample, the

end of a divided highway,acurve,steep hill, soft shoulder, oranarrow
bridge.
4-4
AM402009
ATRIANGLE pointed downward,indicatesYIELD. It assignstheright-of-way

to trafficoncertainapproachestoanintersection.
ATRIANGULARsignalsoisusedon two-laneroads to indicateaNO

PASSINGZONE. Thissignwillbe on theleftside of theroadway.
. ~.~
AM40201 1
RECTANGULAR (square or oblong)signsshowspeedlimits,parking

regulations,givedirections,andsuchinformationasdistances to cities.
4-5
Symbols on Road Signs
Therearemanyinternationalroadsigns in usetoday.
I
AM40201 2
Thebasicmessage of many of thesesigns is in picturesorgraphicsymbols.

A picture within a circle with a Cliagonal lineacross it showswhat NOT to do.
r
I
AM40201 3
Traffic Lights
I
AM40201 4
We’re allfamiliarwithtrafficlightsorstoplights.Often,greenarrows are being

used in thelightsforimprovedtrafficcontrol.Onsomemultilaneroads,green
arrowslightup,indicatingthattrafficinone ormorelanes can moveormake
aturn.Greenarrowsdon’tmean“gonomatterwhat”. You’ll stillneed to
proceedwithcaution,yieldingtheright of wayto pedestriansandsometimes
toothervehicles.
4-6
Sometrafficlightsalsouseredarrows to signifythatyoumuststopbefore
turningonred.
Manycityroadsandexpressways,andevenbridges,usereversible-lane
trafficcontrolduringrushhours. A red X lightabove a lanemeansnodriving
in thatlaneatthattime.Agreenarrowmeansyou may drive in thatlane.
Lookforthesignsposted to warndriverswhathoursanddaysthese
systemsare in effect.
AM402015
Pavement Markings
AM402016
Pavementmarkingsadd to trafficsignsandsignals.Theygiveinformation to
drivers without taking attention from the roadway. A solid yellow line onyour
side of theroad or lane means“don’tcross.”
Your Own Signals
-
Driverssignal to others,too.It’snotonlymorepolite,it’ssafer to letother

driversknowwhatyouaredoing.And in someplaces the lawrequiresdriver
signals.
4-7
c.
-.
Turnandlanechangesignals:Alwayssignalwhenyouplantoturnor
.. . changelanes.
If necessary,youcanusehandsignalsoutthewindow:Leftarmstraightout
for a left turn, down for slow or about-to-stop, and upforarightturn.
Slowingdown: If timeallows,tapthebrakepedalonceortwice in advance
of slowing orstopping.Thiswarnsthedriverbehindyou.
Disabled: Your four-way flashers signal that your vehicle is disabled or is a
hazard.See“HazardWarningFlasher’’ in theIndex.
Traffic Officer
The traffic police officer is also a source of important information. The officer’s
signalsgovern,nomatterwhatthetrafficlightsorothersignssay.
Thenextpartdiscussessome of theroadconditionsyoumayencounter.
Defensive Driving
Thebestadviceanyonecangiveaboutdrivingis:Drivedefensively.
Please start with a very important safety device in yourvehicle:Buckleup.
(See“SafetyBelts” in the Index.)
Defensivedrivingreallymeans“bereadyforanything.”Oncitystreets,rural
roads,orfreeways, it means“alwaysexpecttheunexpected.”
Assumethatpedestriansorotherdriversaregoing to be careless and make
mistakes. Anticipate what they might do. Bereadyfortheirmistakes.
Expectchildren to dashoutfrombehindparkedcars,oftenfollowedbyother
children.Expectoccupantsinparkedcars to opendoorsintotraffic.Watchfor
movement in parkedcars-someonemaybeabouttoopenadoor.
Expectotherdrivers to runstopsigns.whenyouareonathroughstreet.Be
ready to brake if necessaryasyougothroughintersections.Youmaynot
have to usethebrake,butifyou do, you will be ready.
If you’re driving through a shopping center parking lot wherethereare
well-markedlanes,directionalarrows,anddesignatedparkingareas,expect
some drivers to ignore all thesemarkingsanddashstraighttowardonepart
of the lot.
Pedestrianscanbecareless.Watchforthem.Ingeneral,youmustgiveway
topedestrianseven if youknowyouhavetherightofway.
Rear-end collisions are about the most preventable ofaccidents.Yettheyare
common.Allowenoughfollowingdistance.It’sthebestdefensivedriving
4-8
maneuver,inbothcityandruraldriving.Youneverknowwhenthevehiclein
front ofyou isgoing to brakeorturnsuddenly.
Here’safinalbitofinformationaboutdefensivedriving.Themostdangerous
timefordrivinginthe U.S. is veryearlyonSundaymorning.Infact, GM
Research studies show that the most and the least dangerous times for
driving,everyweek,fallonthesame day. ThatdayisSunday.Themost
dangeroustimeisSundayfrom3a.m.to4 a.m. ThesafesttimeisSunday
from 10 a.m.to 11 a.m.DrivingthesamedistanceonaSundayat 3 a.m.
isn’tjusta little moredangerousthan it isat 10 a.m. It’sabout134times
moredangerous!Thatleadstothenextpart.
Drunken Driving
Deathandinjuryassociatedwithdrinkinganddrivingisanationaltragedy.It’s
thenumberonecontributortothehighwaydeathtoll,claimingthousands of
victimseveryyear.Alcoholtakesawaythreethingsthatanyoneneedsto
drive a vehicle:
Judgment
0 MuscularCoordination
Vision
Policerecordsshowthathalf of allmotorvehicle-relateddeathsinvolve
alcohol-adriver, apassengerorsomeoneelse,suchasapedestrian,had
beendrinking.Inmostcases,thesedeathsaretheresult of someonewho
wasdrinkinganddriving.Over 25,000 motorvehicle-relateddeathsoccur
eachyearbecauseofalcohol,andthousands of peopleareinjured.
Justhowmuchalcoholistoomuch if apersonplanstodrive?Ideally,no
oneshoulddrinkalcoholandthendrive.But if onedoes,thenwhat’s“too
much’’can bealotlessthanmanymightthink.Although it dependsoneach
personandsituation,hereissomegeneralinformationontheproblem.
TheBloodAlcoholContent(BAC)ofsomeonewhoisdrinkingdependsupon
four things:
Howmuchalcohol is inthedrink.
Thedrinker’sbodyweight.
Theamountoffoodthatisconsumedbeforeandduringdrinking.
Thelength of timeithastakenthedrinkertoconsumethealcohol.
4-9
. .
. . I
. .-
i .
AM407001
AM407002
According to theAmericanMedicalAssociation,a180-pound(82kg)person
who drinksthree12-ounce (355 ml) bottles ofbeer in anhourwillendup
witha BACofabout 0.06 percent.ThepersonwouldreachthesameBAC
bydrinkingthree4-ounce (120ml) glassesofwineor threemixeddrinks if
eachhad 1 4 2 ounces (45 ml) of aliquorlike whiskey,ginorvodka.
It's theamount of alcoholthatcounts.Forexample, if thesamepersondrank
threedoublemartinis (3 ouncesor 90 ml of liquoreach)withinanhour, the
person'sBAC would beclose to 0.12 percent.Apersonwhoconsumes food
justbefore or duringdrinkingwillhaveaslightlylower BAC level.
. .. .
.
. - -.
4-1 0
.. -
. -
Thelaw in most US. statessetsthelegallimitata BACof 0.10 percent. In
Canada the limit is 0.08 percent,and in someothercountriesit’slowerthan
that.The BAC willbeover 0.10 percentafterthree to sixdrinks(inone
hour). Of course,aswe’veseen, it d’ependsonhowmuch’alcohol is in the
drinks,andhowquicklythepersondrinksthem.
“I’ll becareful’’isn’tthe right.answer.What if there’sanemergency,aneed.

to takesuddenaction,aswhenachilddartsintothestreet?Apersonwitha
higherBACmightnotbeable to reactquicklyenough to avoid thecollision.
There’ssomethingelseaboutdrinkinganddrivingthatmanypeopledon’t
know. Medicalresearchshowsthatalcohol in aperson’ssystemcanmake
crash injuries worse. That’s .especially true for brain, spinal cord. and heart
injuries.Thatmeansthat if anyonewhohasbeendrinking-driveror
passenger-is in a. crash,thechance of being killed or permanentlydisabled
ishigherthan if thatpersonhadnotbeendrinking.Andwe’vealreadyseen
thatthechance of acrashitselfishigherfordrinkingdrivers.
1 CAUTION
- Drinkingandthendrivingis verydangerous.Yourreflexes,percep-
i
tions,andjudgmentwillbeaffected byevenasmallamount of alto-
’- ’. You couldhaveaserious-orevenfatal-accident
- if you drive
anerdrinking.Pleasedon’tdrinkanddriveorridewithadriverwho
has beendrinking.Ridehome in acab;or if you’rewithagroup,
I designatedriver
a who
will
not
drink.
4-1 1-
Control of a Vehicle
AM409005
You havethreesystemsthatmakeyourvehiclegowhereyouwant it togo.

Theyarethebrakes,thesteeringandtheaccelerator.Allthreesystemshave
to do their workat theplaceswherethetiresmeettheroad.
Sometimes,aswhenyou’redrivingonsnoworice,it’seasy to askmoreof
thosecontrolsystemsthanthetiresandroadcanprovide.Thatmeansyou
can lose control of yourvehicle.
Braking
Brakingactioninvolvesperceptiontimeandreactiontime.
First,youhave to decidetopushonthebrakepedal.That’sperception
time.Thenyouhavetobringupyourfootanddoit.That’sreactiontime.
Averagereactiontime is about 314 of asecond.Butthat’sonlyanaverage.
I t mightbelesswith one driverandaslong astwoorthreesecondsor
morewithanother.Age,physicalcondition,alertness,coordination,and
eyesight all playapart. So do alcohol,drugsandfrustration.Buteven in 3/4
of asecond,avehiclemovingat 60 mph (100 km/h)travels 66 feet (20 m).
That could bea lot of distance in anemergency, so keepingenoughspace
betweenyourvehicleandothers is important.
And, of course, actualstoppingdistancesvarygreatlywiththesurface of the
road(whetherit’spavementorgravel);theconditionoftheroad(wet, dry,
icy);tiretread;andthecondition ofyourbrakes.
Mostdriverstreattheirbrakeswithcare.Some,however,overworkthe
brakingsystemwithpoordrivinghabits.
Avoidneedlessheavybraking.Somepeopledrive in spurts-heavy
accelerationfollowedbyheavy braking-rather thankeepingpacewith
traffic. This is amistake.Yourbrakesmaynothavetime to cool
betweenhardstops. Your brakeswillwearoutmuchfaster if you do a
lot ofheavybraking.
Don’t“ride”thebrakesby letting yourleftfootrestlightly on thebrake
pedalwhiledriving.
I
“Riding”yourbrakescancausethem to overheat to the point that
theywon’tworkwell.Youmightnotbe abletostopyourvehicle in
time to avoidanaccident. If you“ride”yourbrakes,theywillget so
hottheywillrequirealot of pedalforce to slowyoudown.Avoid
“riding”thebrakes.
NOTICE
4-1 3
-
Ifyoukeeppacewiththetrafficandallowrealisticfollowingdistances,you
willeliminatea lot ofunnecessarybraking.Thatmeansbetterbrakingand
longerbrakelife.
a If yourengineever stops whileyou’redriving,brakenormallybutdon’t
pumpyour brakes. Ifyou do, thepedal maygetharder to pushdown.If
yourenginestops,youwillstillhavesomepowerbrakeassist.Butyou E
willuse it whenyoubrake.Oncethepowerassist is usedup, it may
takelonger to stop andthebrakepedalwillbeharder to push.
Antilock Brakes (ABS)
Your vehiclehasanadvancedelectronicbrakingsysremthatcanhelpyou
keep it undercontrol.
AM415003
t
Here’showantilockworks.Let’ssaytheroad is wet.You’re drivingsafely.
Suddenlyananimaljumpsout in front ofyou.
Youslamon thebrakes.Here’swhathappenswith ABS.
A computersensesthatarearwheel is slowing down.Thecomputerworks
thebrakes at therearwheels. It is programmed to makethemostof
availabletireandroadconditions.
4-1 4
1
AM41 5013
As youbrake,yourcomputerkeepsreceivingupdates on rearwheel
speed-and controlsbrakingpressureaccordingly.
Antilock doesn't change the time you need to get your foot u8pto the
brake pedal. If you get too clloise to the vehicle in front of you, you
won? have time to apply your brakes if that vehicle suddenly slows
or stops.Always leave enough room ulp ahead to stop,even thouglh
antilock you have I
To Use Antilock
Userearwheelantilocklikeregularbrakes. Youmay feelthebrakesvibrate,
oryoumaynoticesomenoiseoutsideyourvehicle,butthisisnormal.Let
antilockworkforyou,butremember: Your frontwheelscan still stoprolling. If
thathappens,releaseenoughpressureonthebrakes to getthewheels
rollingagain so thatyoucansteer.
Withthefour-wheeldriveoptionyouwon'thaveantilockbrakingwhenyou
shiftintofour-wheeldrive.Butyouwillhaveregularbraking.Whenyoushift
backintotwo-wheeldrive,youwillhaveantilockagain.
4-1 5
Brake System Warning Light
This light appears on your instrument cluster to warnyou if your regular

brakingsystemneedsservice. If yourvehiclehasrearwheelantilockbrakes,
thislightwill also warn youabouttrouble in thatsystem. It willalsolight if
yourparkingbrakeisnotfullydisengaged.SeetheIndexunder“Brake
SystemWarningLight.”
Disc Brake Wear Indicators
Your vehiclehasfrontdiscbrakesandrear drumbrakes.Discbrakepads
havebuilt-inwearindicatorsthatmakeahigh-pitchedwarningsoundwhen
thebrakepadsarewornandnewpadsareneeded.Thesoundmaycome
and goorbeheardallthetimeyourvehicleismoving(exceptwhenyouare
pushingonthebrakepedalfirmly).
Thebrakewearwarningsoundmeansthatsoonerorlateryour
brakeswon’tworkwell.Thatcouldlead to anaccident.Whenyo
hearthebrakewearwarningsound,haveyourvehicleserviced.
I NOTICE
>ontinuing ti e with worn-out bra1 could sult in lstly brake
epair.
Somedrivingconditionsorclimatesmaycauseabrakesquealwhenthe
brakesarefirstappliedorlightlyapplied.Thisdoesnotmeansomethingis
wrongwithyourbrakes.
Rear Drum Brakes
Yourreardrumbrakesdon’thavethewearindicators,butifyoueverheara
rearbrakerubbingnoise,havetherearbrakeliningsinspected.Also,therear
brakedrumsshouldberemovedandinspectedeachtimethetiresare
removedforrotationorchanging.Whenyouhavethefrontbrakesreplaced,
havetherearbrakesinspected,too.
Brakeliningsshouldalwaysbereplacedascompleteaxlesets.
Brake Pedal Travel
Seeyourdealer if thebrakepedaldoesnotreturntonormalheight,orif
thereisarapidincreaseinpedaltravel.Thiscouldbeasign of brake
trouble.
Brake Adjustment
Every time you make a brake stop, your disc brakes adjust for wear. If your
brakepedalgoesdownfartherthannormal,yourreardrumbrakesmayneed
adjustment.Adjustthembybackingupandfirmlyapplyingthebrakesafew
times.
Braking In Emergencies
At some time, nearly every driver gets into a situation that requires hard
braking. You havetherearwheelantilockbrakingsystem. Your frontwheels
canstoprollingwhenyoubrakeveryhard.Oncetheydo,thevehiclecan’t
respondtoyoursteering.Momentumwillcarry it in whateverdirection it was
headedwhenthefrontwheelsstoppedrolling.Thatcouldbeofftheroad,
into the very thing you were trying to avoid,or into traffic.
So, usea“squeeze”brakingtechnique.Thiswillgiveyoumaximumbraking
whilemaintainingsteeringcontrol. Youdo this by pushingonthebrakepedal
withsteadilyincreasingpressure.Whenyoudo, it willhelpmaintainsteering
control.Inmanyemergencies,steeringcanhelpyoumorethaneventhevery
bestbraking.
Steering
Power Steering
If youlosepowersteeringassistbecausetheenginestopsorthesystem
failstofunction,youcansteerbut it willtakemuchmoreeffort.
4-1 7
Steering Tips
Driving on Curves
It’simportant to takecurvesatareasonablespeed.
A lot of the“driverlostcontrol”accidentsmentionedonthenewshappenon
curves.Here’swhy:
Experienceddriverorbeginner,each ofus is subject to thesamelawsof
physics when driving on curves. The traction of thetiresagainsttheroad
surfacemakesitpossibleforthevehicle to changeitspathwhenyou turn
thefront wheels. If there’snotraction,inertia will keepthevehiclegoing in
the same direction. If you’veevertriedtosteeravehicleonwetice,you’ll
understandthis.
Thetractionyoucanget in acurvedependsontheconditionofyourtires
andtheroadsurface,theangleat which thecurveisbanked,andyour
speed.Whileyou’re in acurve,speed is theonefactoryoucancontrol.
Supposeyou’resteeringthroughasharpcurve.Thenyousuddenlyapplythe
brakes.Bothcontrolsystems-steeringandbraking-have to dotheirwork
wherethetiresmeettheroad.Addingthehardbrakingcandemand too
muchatthoseplaces. You canlosecontrol.The same thingcanhappen if
you’resteeringthroughasharpcurveandyousuddenlyaccelerate.Those
twocontrol systems-steeringandacceleration-canoverwhelmthose places
wherethetiresmeettheroadandmakeyoulosecontrol.
Whatshouldyou do if thiseverhappens?Letuponthebrakeoraccelerator
pedal, steer the vehicle the wayyouwant it to go, andslowdown.
Speedlimitsignsnearcurveswarnthatyoushouldadjustyourspeed.Of
course,thepostedspeedsarebasedongoodweatherandroadconditions.
Under less favorable conditions you’ll want to goslower.
If youneed to reduceyourspeedasyouapproachacurve, do it beforeyou
enter the curve, while your front wheels are straight ahead. Try to adjust your
speed so youcan“drive”throughthecurve.Maintainareasonable,steady
speed.Wait to accelerateuntilyouareout of thecurve,andthenaccelerate
gently into thestraightaway.
Whenyoudriveintoacurveatnight,it’sharder to seetheroadahead of
youbecauseitbendsawayfromthestraightbeams ofyourlights. This is
one good reason to drive slower.
Steering in Emergencies
Therearetimeswhensteeringcanbemoreeffectivethanbraking.For
example,youcomeovera hill andfindatruckstoppedin yourlane,ora
4-1 %
carsuddenly pulls outfromnowhere,ora child dartsoutfrombetween
parkedcarsandstopsright in front ofyou.You canavoidtheseproblemsby
braking-if youcanstop in time.Butsometimesyoucan’t;thereisn’troom.
That’sthetimeforevasiveaction-steeringaroundtheproblem.
Your vehiclecanperformverywell in emergencieslikethese.Firstapplyyour
brakes,butnotenough to lockyourfrontwheels.
It is better to removeasmuchspeedasyoucanfromapossiblecollision.
Thensteeraroundtheproblem, to theleft or rightdependingonthespace
available.
KO444
Anemergencylikethisrequirescloseattentionandaquickdecision.Ifyou
are holdingthesteeringwheelattherecommended 9 and 3 o’clockpositions,
youcan turn it a full 180 degreesveryquicklywithoutremovingeitherhand.
Butyouhave to act fast, steer quickly, and just as quickly straighten the
wheelonceyouhaveavoidedtheobject. Youmustthenbepreparedtosteer
back to youroriginal lane andthenbrake to acontrolledstop.
Dependingonyourspeed,thiscanberatherviolentforanunprepareddriver.
Thisisone of thereasonsdrivingexpertsrecommendthatyouuseyour
safetybeltsandkeep both handson the steering wheel.
Thefactthatsuchemergencysituationsarealwayspossible is agoodreason
to practicedefensivedrivingat all times.
Off-Road Recovery
Youmay find sometimethatyourrightwheelshavedropped off theedge of
a road onto the shoulder while you’re driving.
AM428003
If thelevel of theshoulderisonlyslightlybelowthepavement,recovery
shouldbefairlyeasy.Easeofftheacceleratorandthen, if thereisnothingin
theway,steer so thatyourvehiclestraddlestheedge ofthepavement.You
canturnthesteeringwheelupto 114 turnuntiltherightfronttirecontacts
thepavementedge.Thenturnyoursteeringwheeltogostraightdownthe
roadway.
If theshoulderappears to beaboutfourinches (100 mm)ormorebelowthe
pavement,thisdifferencecancauseproblems. If thereisnotenoughroomto
pullentirelyontotheshoulderandstop,thenfollowthesameprocedures.But
if therighttirescrubsagainstthesideofthepavement,doNOTsteermore
sharply.Withtoomuchsteeringangle,thevehiclemayjumpbackontothe
roadwith so muchsteeringinputthat it crossesoverintotheoncomingtraffic
beforeyoucanbringitbackundercontrol.Instead,ease off againonthe
acceleratorandsteeringinput,straddlethepavementoncemore,then try
again.
Passing
Thedriver of avehicleabouttopassanotheronatwo-lanehighwaywaits
forjusttherightmoment,accelerates,movesaroundthevehicleahead,then
goesbackintotherightlaneagain. A simplemaneuver?
Not necessarily!Passinganothervehicleonatwo-lanehighwayisa
potentiallydangerousmove,sincethepassingvehicleoccupiesthesamelane
asoncomingtrafficforseveralseconds. A miscalculation,anerrorin
judgment, or a brief surrender to frustration or anger can suddenly put the
passing driver face to face with the worst of alltrafficaccidents-thehead-on
collision.
4-20
So herearesometipsforpassing:
“Driveahead.”Lookdowntheroad,tothesides,andtocrossroadsfor
situationsthatmightaffectyourpassingpatterns. If youhaveanydoubt
whatsoeveraboutmakingasuccessfulpass,waitforabettertime.
e Watchfortrafficsigns,pavementmarkings,andlines. If youcanseea
signupaheadthatmightindicateaturnoranintersection,delayyour
pass. A brokencenterlineusually.indicatesit’sallright to pass
(providingtheroadaheadisclear).Nevercrossasolidlineonyourside
ofthelaneoradoublesolidline,even if theroadseemsempty of
approaching traffic.
e If you suspect that the driver of the vehicle you want to pass isn’t aware
of yourpresence,tapthehornacoupleoftimesbeforepassing.
e Do notget too close to the vehicle you wanttopasswhileyou’re
awaitinganopportunity. For onething,followingtoocloselyreducesyour
area of vision,especially if you’refollowingalargervehicle. Also, you
won’thaveadequatespaceifthevehicleaheadsuddenly slows orstops.
Keepback a reasonabledistance.
e Whenitlookslikeachance to passiscomingup,starttoaccelerate
but stay in the right lane and don’t get too close. Time your move so
youwillbeincreasingspeedasthetimecomestomoveintotheother
lane. If thewayiscleartopass,youwillhavea“runningstart”that
morethanmakesupforthedistanceyouwouldlosebydroppingback.
And ifsomethinghappens to causeyoutocancelyourpass,youneed
only slow downanddropbackagainandwaitforanotheropportunity.
e If othercarsarelineduptopassaslowvehicle,waityourturn.But
takecarethatsomeoneisn’ttryingtopassyouasyoupullouttopass
theslowvehicle.Remembertoglanceoveryourshoulderandcheckthe
blindspot.
e Checkyourmirrors,glanceoveryourshoulder,andstartyourleftlane
changesignalbeforemovingout of therightlanetopass.Whenyou
arefarenoughahead of thepassedvehicletoseeitsfrontinyour
insidemirror,activateyourrightlanechangesignalandmovebackinto
therightlane.(Rememberthat if yourrightoutsidemirrorisconvex,the
vehicleyoujustpassedmayseemtobefurtherawayfromyouthan it
reallyis.)
e Trynottopassmorethanonevehicleat a time on two-laneroads.
Reconsiderbeforepassingthenextvehicle.
4-21
Don’tovertakeaslowlymovingvehicletoorapidly.Eventhoughthe
brakelightsarenotflashing,it maybeslowingdown orstartingtoturn.
Ifyou’rebeingpassed,makeiteasyforthefollowingdrivertogetahead
ofyou.Perhapsyoucanease alittletotheright.
Loss of Control
Let’sreviewwhatdrivingexpertssayaboutwhathappenswhenthethree
controlsystems(brakes,steeringandacceleration)don’thaveenoughfriction
wherethetiresmeettheroad to do what thedriverhasasked.
In anyemergency,don’tgiveup.Keeptrying to steer,andconstantlyseekan
escaperouteorareaoflessdanger.
Skidding
In askid,adrivercanlosecontrol of thevehicle.Defensivedriversavoid
mostskidsbytakingreasonablecaresuitedtoexistingconditions,andbynot
“overdriving”thoseconditions.Butskidsarealwayspossible.
The three types of skids correspond to your vehicle’s three control systems.
Inthebrakingskid, yourwheelsaren’trolling. In thesteering or cornering
skid,toomuchspeedorsteeringinacurvecausestirestoslipandlose
corneringforce.And in theaccelerationskid,toomuchthrottlecauses the
driving wheels to spin.
A corneringskidand an accelerationskidarebesthandled byeasingyour
footofftheacceleratorpedal.Ifyourvehiclestarts to slide(aswhenyouturn
acorneronawet,snow-orice-coveredroad),easeyourfoot off the
accelerator pedal as soon as you feel the tires start to slide.Quicklysteer
the wayyouwant thevehicletogo. Ifyoustartsteeringquicklyenough,your
vehiclewillstraightenout. As it does, straightenthefront wheels.
Ofcourse, traction is reducedwhenwater,snow, ice,gravel,orothermaterial
isontheroad.Forsafety,you’llwant to slowdownandadjustyourdriving to
theseconditions. It isimportant to slowdownonslipperysurfacesbecause
stoppingdistancewillbelongerandvehiclecontrolmorelimited.
Whiledrivingonasurfacewithreducedtraction,tryyourbest to avoid
suddensteering,acceleration,orbraking(includingenginebraking by shifting
to alowergear). Anysuddenmove could causethetires to slide. Youmay
notrealizethesurfaceisslipperyuntilyourvehicle is skidding.Learn to
recognizewarningclues-suchasenoughwater, ice orpackedsnowonthe
roadto make a “mirrored surface”-andslowdownwhenyouhaveany
doubt.
4-22
Remember:Therearwheelantilockbrakingsystem(RWAL)helpsavoidonly
a rearbrakingskid.Inabrakingskid(wherethefrontwheelsarenolonger
rolling),releaseenoughpressureonthebrakestoget the frontwheelsrolling
again.Thisrestoressteeringcontrol.Pushthebrakepedaldownsteadily
whenyouhavetostopsuddenly.Aslongasthefrontwheelsarerolling,you
willhavesteeringcontrol.Steerthewayyouwanttogo.
Off-Road Driving with Your FoutNVheel
Drive Vehick
Thisoff-roadguideisforvehiclesthathavefour-wheeldrive.Also,see
“AntilockBrakes’’ in theIndex. If yourvehicledoesn’thavefour-wheeldrive,
youshouldn’tdriveoff-roadunlessyou’reonalevel,solidsurface.
Off-roaddrivingcan be greatfun.Butitdoeshavesomedefinitehazards.
Thegreatest of theseistheterrainitself.
“Off-roading”meansyou’veleftthegreatNorthAmericanroadsystembehind.
Trafficlanesaren’tmarked.Curvesaren’tbanked.Therearenoroadsigns.
Surfacescanbeslippery,rough,uphillordownhill.Inshort,you’vegoneright
backtonature.
Off-roaddrivinginvolvessomenewskills.Andthat’s whyit’sveryimportant
that you readthisguide.You’llfindmanydrivingtipsandsuggestions.These
willhelpmakeyouroff-roaddrivingsaferandmoreenjoyable.
Before You Go Off-Roading
Therearesomethingstodobefore you gooutiForexample,besureto
haveallnecessarymaintenanceandserviceworkdone.Besureyoureadall
theinformationaboutyourfour-wheeldrivevehicleinthismanual. Is there
enoughfuel? Is thesparetirefullyinflated?Arethefluidlevelsupwhere
theyshouldbe?Whatarethelocallawsthatapply to off-roadingwhereyou’ll
bedriving? If youdon’tknow,youshouldcheckwithlawenforcementpeople
in thearea.Willyou be onsomeone’sprivateland? If so, be suretogetthe
necessary permission.
Loading Your Vehicle for Off-Road Driving
Therearesomeimportantthings to rememberabouthow to loadyour
vehicle.
Theheaviestthingsshouldbeontheloadfloorandforward ofyourrear
axle.Putheavieritemsasfarforwardasyoucan.
Besuretheload is securedproperly, so drivingontheoff-roadterrain
doesn’t toss things around.
4-23
J I I\
A Cargoonthe load floor piled higherthantheseatbackscanbe
b thrownforwardduringasuddenstop. Youoryour passengers
..* ..&- could beinjured.Keepcargobelowthetop of theseatbacks.
i:...~~ r*
:&&
---I:Unsecuredcargoontheloadfloorcanbetossedaboutwhen
- .-<--x
E==:.,.%
:2* !.
-
a%%> &--. .
@;!_%:y.:L .. c .= driving over rough terrain. You or your passengers can be struck
-
L?-
~-
.&1. ~
igFFSi
e%x..5=$i:< by flying objects. Secure the cargo properly.
9 .$-
.--- 2;
y<- Heavyloads onthe roofraisethevehicle’scenterofgravity,
making it morelikely to roll over.You canbeseriouslyorfatally
injured if thevehiclerolls over.Putheavy loadsinsidethecargo
area,notontheroof.Keepcargo in thecargoarea as far
forwardandlowaspossible.
You’ll findotherimportantinformation in thismanual.See“VehicleLoading”

and“Tires” in theIndex.
Traveling to Remote Areas
It makessense to planyourtrip,especiallywhengoing to aremotearea.
Knowtheterrainand plan yourroute. Youaremuchlesslikely to getbad
surprises. Getaccuratemapsof trailsandterrain. Try to learn of anyblocked
or closed roads.
It’salsoagoodideatotravelwithatleastoneothervehicle.Ifsomething
happenstoone ofthem, theothercanhelpquickly.
Doesyourvehiclehaveawinch?If so, besure to readthe winch
instructions. In aremotearea,awinchcanbehandy if yougetstuck. But
you’llwant to knowhow to use it properly.
Getting Familiar with Off-Road Driving
It’s agoodidea to practice in anareathat’ssafeandclose to home before
yougointothewilderness.Off-roaddrivingdoesrequiresomenewand
differentdrivingskills. Here’swhatwemean.
Tuneyoursenses to different kinds of signals. Youreyes,forexample,need
to constantlysweeptheterrainforunexpectedobstacles. Yourearsneed to
listenforunusualtireorenginesounds.Withyourarms,hands,feet,and
bodyyou’llneed to respond to vibrationsandvehicle bounce.
4-24
Controllingyourvehicle is thekey to successful off-road driving. One of the
best ways to controlyourvehicle is to controlyourspeed.Herearesome
things to keep in mind.At higherspeeds:
youapproachthingsfasterandyouhave less time to scan the terrain
for obstacles.
youhave less time to react.
youhavemorevehiclebouncewhenyoudriveoverobstacles.
you’llneedmoredistanceforbraking,especiallysinceyou’reonan
unpavedsurface.
I CAUTION
A Whenyou’redrivingoffroad,bouncingandquickchanges in direc-
1tion caneasilythrowyouout of position. This could causeyou to
losecontrolandcrash. So,whetheryou’redrivingonorofftheroad,
youandyourpassengersshouldwearsafetybelts.
Scanning the Terrain

Off-road driving can take youovermanydifferentkinds of terrain. You need
to befamiliarwiththeterrainanditsmanydifferentfeatures.Herearesome
things to consider.
Surface Conditions
Off-roadingcan take youoverhard-packeddirt,gravel,rocks,grass,sand,
mud,snowor ice.Each ofthesesurfacesaffectsthesteering,acceleration,
andbraking ofyourtruck in differentways.Dependinguponthe kind of
surfaceyouare on, youmayexperienceslipping,sliding,wheelspinning,
delayedacceleration,poortraction,andlongerbrakingdistances.
Surface Obstacles
Unseenor hidden obstaclescanbehazardous.Arock,log,hole,rut,or
bumpcanstartleyou if you’re not prepared for them. Often these obstacles
arehidden by grass,bushes,snoworeven the riseand fall of theterrain
itself. Here are some things to consider:
Is the path aheadclear?
Will the surfacetexturechangeabruptly upahead?
Does the travel take youuphill or downhill?(There’smorediscussion of
thesesubjects later.)
Willyouhave to stopsuddenly or changedirectionquickly?
4-25
Whenyoudriveoverobstaclesorroughterrain,keepafirmgriponthe
steeringwheel.Ruts,troughs,orothersurfacefeaturescanjerkthewheel
out of yourhands if you’re not prepared.
Whenyoudriveoverbumps,rocks, or otherobstacles,yourwheelscanleave
theground. If thishappens,evenwithoneortwowheels,youcan’tcontrol
the vehicle as well or at all.
Becauseyouwillbeonanunpavedsurface,it’sespeciallyimportant to avoid
suddenacceleration,suddenturns,orsuddenbraking.
In a way, off-roaddrivingrequiresadifferentkind of alertnessfromdrivingon
pavedroadsandhighways.Therearenoroadsigns,posted speed limits or
signallights.Youhave to useyourowngoodjudgmentaboutwhatissafe
andwhatisn’t.
A Drinkinganddrivingcanbeverydangerousonanyroad.Andthisis
certainly true for off-road driving. At theverytimeyouneedspecial
alertnessanddrivingskills,yourreflexes,perceptionsandjudgment
canbeaffectedbyevenasmallamount of alcohol. You couldhave
a serious-orevenfatal-accidentifyoudrinkanddriveorridewith
adriverwhohasbeendrinking.(See“DrunkenDriving” in the
Index.) I
Driving On Off=Road Hills
Off-roaddrivingoftentakesyou up,down, or acrossahill.Drivingsafelyon
hillsrequiresgoodjudgmentandanunderstanding ofwhatyourvehiclecan
andcan’tdo.Therearesome hillsthatsimplycan’tbedriven,nomatterhow
well built the vehicle.
r
A Many hills are simply too steep for any vehicle. If you drive up them,
youwillstall. If youdrivedownthem,youcan’tcontrolyourspeed.
youdriveacrossthem,youwillrollover.Youcouldbeseriously
If
injured or killed. If youhaveanydoubtaboutthesteepness,don’t

drive the hill.
I
Approaching a Hill
Whenyouapproach a hill,youneedtodecide if it’sone of thosehillsthat’s
justtoosteeptoclimb,descend, or cross.Steepnesscanbehardtojudge.
Onaverysmallhill,forexample,theremaybeasmooth,constantincline
4-26
withonly a smallchangeinelevationwhereyoucaneasilyseealltheway
to the top.On a largehill,theincline maygetsteeperasyounearthetop,
butyoumaynotseethisbecausethecrestofthe hill ishiddenbybushes,
grass,orshrubs.
Herearesomeotherthingstoconsiderasyouapproach a hill.
0 Is there a constantincline, or doesthehillgetsharplysteeper in
places?
0 Is theregoodtractiononthehillside, or willthesurfacecause tire
slipping?
0 Is there a straight path upordownthe hill so you won’thave to make
turningmaneuvers?
e Arethereobstructionsonthehillthancanblockyourpath(boulders,
trees,logsorruts)?
0 What’sbeyondthehill? Is there a cliff,anembankment, a drop-off, a
fence?Getoutandwalkthe hill ifyou don’tknow.It’sthesmartwayto
findout.
0 Is the hill simplytoorough?Steep hills oftenhaveruts,gullies,troughs
andexposedrocksbecausetheyaremoresusceptible to theeffects of
erosion.
Driving Uphill
Onceyoudecideyoucansafelydriveupthehill,youneedtotakesome
specialsteps.
Use a lowergearandget a firmgriponthesteeringwheel.
Get a smoothstartupthe hill and try to maintainyourspeed.Don’tuse
more power than you need, because you don’t want your wheels to start
spinning or sliding.
Try todrivestraightupthehill ifat allpossible. If thepathtwistsand
turns,youmightwanttofindanotherroute.
3 CAUTION
Turningordrivingacrosssteep hills can lbe dangerous.You could
b lose traction, slide sideways,and possibly roll over.You couldbe
seriously injured or killed.When driving up hills,always try to go
straight up. I
Easeuponyourspeedasyouapproachthetopofthehill.
4-27
Attachaflag to thevehicle to makeyoumorevisible to approaching
traffic ontrailsorhills.
Soundthehornasyouapproachthetop of hill to letopposingtraffic
know you’re there.
Useyourheadlightsevenduringtheday.Theymakeyoumorevisible to
oncomingtraffic.
* Drivilng to the top (crest) of a hill at full speedcancausean

I accident.There could beadrop-off,embankment,cliff,oreven
anothervehicle. You could be seriously injured orkilled. As you near
the top ofahill, slow down and stay alert. I
Q: Whatshould I do if myvehiclestalls, or is abouttostall,and I can’t
make it upthehill?
A: If thishappens,therearesomethingsyoushould do, andtherearesome
thingsyoumustnot do. First,here’swhatyoushoulddo:
Pushthebrakepedal to stopthevehicleandkeepit from rolling
backwards.Also,applytheparkingbrake.
If yourengineisstillrunning,shiftthetransmissionintoreverse,release
theparkingbrake,andslowly backdown thehillinreverse.
If yourenginehasstoppedrunning,you’llneed to restartit.Withthe
brakepedaldepressedandtheparkingbrake still applied,shiftthe
transmission to P (Park)(or,shift to N (Neutral) if yourvehiclehasa
manualtransmission)andrestarttheengine.Then,shift to R (Reverse),
releasetheparkingbrake,andslowlybackdownthehill in reverse.
Asyouarebackingdownthehill,putyourlefthandonthesteering
wheelatthe 12 o’clockposition.This way, you’llbeable to tell if your
wheelsarestraight or turned to the left orright as youbackdown.
Herearesomethingsyoumustnot do if youstall,orareabout to stall,
whengoingupahill.
Neverattempt to preventastallbyshiftinginto N (Neutral)(or
depressingtheclutch, if youhaveamanualtransmission) to “rev-up”the
engineandregainforwardmomentum.Thiswon’twork. Your vehiclewill
roll backwardsveryquicklyandyoucouldgoout of control.
4-28
I
Instead,applytheregularbrake to stop the vehicle.Thenapplythe
parkingbrake.Shiftintoreverse,releasetheparkingbrake,andslowly
backdown.
Neverattempt to turn around if youareabout to stall whengoingupa
hill. If the hill issteepenough to stall yourvehicle,it’ssteepenough to
causeyou to rollover if you turn around. If youcan’tmakeitupthe
hill,youmustbackdown the hill.
Q: Suppose,afterstalling, I try to backdownthehillanddecide I just
can’t do it.Whatshould I do?
A: Setthe parking brake,putyourtransmission in P (Park) (or themanual
transmission in firstgear),and turn off theengine.Leavethevehicleand go
getsomehelp.Exitontheuphillsideandstayclear of the path thevehicle
wouldtake if itrolleddownhill. Do notshiftthetransfercase to N (Neutral)
whenyouleavethevehicle.Leave it in somegear.
Ifyouhaveamanualtransfercaseshiftlever,shiftingthetransfer
A case to N (Neutral)cancauseyourvehicle to rolleven if the
transmissionisin P (Park)(or, if youhavethemanualtransmission,
even if you’re in gear).This is becausethe N (Neutral)positionon
the transfercaseoverridesthetransmission. If youaregoing to
leaveyourvehicle,settheparkingbrakeandshift the transmission
to P (Park)(or,putyourmanualtransmission in firstgear).Butdo
notshiftthetransfercase to the N (Neutral)position.Leavethe
transfercase in the 2 WHEEL, 4 HIGH or 4 LOW position.
Driving Downhill
Whenoff-roadingtakesyoudownhill,you’llwant to consideranumber of
things:
Howsteepisthedownhill?Will I beable to maintainvehiclecontrol?
What’sthesurfacelike?Smooth?Rough?Slippery?Hard-packeddirt?
Gravel?
Are therehiddensurfaceobstacles?Ruts?Logs?Boulders?
What’satthebottom of thehill? Is there a hiddencreekbankoreven a
riverbottomwithlargerocks?
4-29
If youdecideyoucangodownahillsafely,thentrytokeepyourvehicle
headedstraightdown,andusealowgear.This way,enginedragcanhelp
yourbrakesandtheywon’thave to doallthework.Descendslowly,keeping
your vehicle under control at all times.
A Heavybrakingwhengoingdowna
overheatandfade.Thiscouldcause
gear
Q: Are theresomethings
A:Yes!These
to 1
hill cancauseyourbrakes
loss of controlandaserious
accident. Apply thebrakeslightlywhendescendinga
low control.
keep vehicle
I shouldnot do whendrivingdownahill?
areimportantbecause if youignorethemyoucouldlose
to
hill andusea
speed
controlandhaveaseriousaccident.
Whendrivingdownhill,avoidturnsthattakeyouacrosstheincline of the
hill. A hill that’s not too steep to drivedownmaybetoosteep to drive
across. You could rollover if youdon’tdrivestraightdown.
Nevergodownhillwiththetransmissionin N (Neutral),orwiththeclutch
pedal depressed in amanualshift.This is called“free-wheeling.” Your
brakes will have to do all the work and could overheat and fade.
Avoidbraking so hardthatyoulockthewheels whengoingdownhill. If
your front wheels are locked, you can’t steer your vehicle. If your wheels
lockupduringdownhillbraking,youmay feel thevehiclestarting to slide
sideways. To regainyourdirection,justease off thebrakesandsteer to
keep the front of the vehicle pointing straight downhill.
Q: Am I likelytostallwhengoingdownhill?
A: It’smuchmorelikelytohappengoinguphill.But if it happensgoing
downhill, here’swhat to do.
* Stopyourvehicle by applyingtheregularbrakes.Applytheparking
brake.
Shift to P (Park)(or to N (Neutral)withthemanualtransmission)and,
while still braking,restarttheengine.
Shiftback to alowgear,releasetheparkingbrake,anddrivestraight
down.
If theenginewon’tstart,getoutandgethelp.
4-30
Driving Across an Incline
Soonerorlater,an off-road trailwillprobably goacrosstheincline of ahill. If
thishappens,youhavetodecidewhethertotrytodriveacrosstheincline.
Herearesomethingstoconsider:
A hill thatcanbedrivenstraightupordownmaybetoosteep to drive
across.Whenyougostraightupordownahill,thelength of thewheel
base(thedistancefromthefrontwheelstotherearwheels)reducesthe
likelihoodthevehiclewilltumbleendoverend.Butwhenyoudrive
acrossanincline,themuchmorenarrowtrackwidth(thedistance
betweenthe left andrightwheels) maynotpreventthevehiclefrom
tilting androlling over. Also, drivingacrossaninclineputsmoreweight
on thedownhillwheels.Thiscouldcauseadownhillslideorarollover.
Surfaceconditionscanbeaproblemwhenyoudriveacrossahill.Loose
gravel,muddyspots,orevenwetgrasscancauseyourtires to slip
sideways,downhill. If thevehicleslipssideways,itcanhitsomethingthat
willtrip it (a rock,arut,etc.)and roll over.
Hiddenobstaclescanmakethesteepness of theinclineevenworse. If
youdriveacrossarockwiththeuphillwheels, or if thedownhillwheels
dropintoarutordepression,yourvehiclecantiltevenmore.
Forreasonslikethese,youneed to decide carefully whether to try to drive
acrossanincline.Justbecausethe trail goesacrosstheinclinedoesn’tmean
youhavetodrive it. Thelastvehicle to tryitmighthaverolled over.
CAUTION
Driving across an incline that’s too steep will make your vehicle roll
over. Yolu could ble seriously injured or killed. If you h’ave any doubt
about the steepnessoftheincline,don’tdrive across it. Findanother
route instead.
Q: Whatif I’mdrivingacross an inclinethat’snot too steep,but I hit
someloosegravelandstarttoslidedownhill.Whatshould I do?
A: If youfeelyourvehiclestartingtoslidesideways, turn downhill.This
should help straighten out the vehicle and prevent the side slipping. However,
amuchbetter.waytopreventthis is to get out and “walk the course” so you
knowwhatthesurfaceislikebeforeyoudrive it.
4-31
onbeachesorsanddunes)yourtireswilltendtosinkintothesand.This
hasaneffectonsteering,accelerating,andbraking. Youmaywant toreduce
theairpressureinyourtiresslightlywhendrivingonsand.Thiswillimprove
traction.
Hardpackedsnowandiceoffertheworst tire traction.Onthesesurfaces,it’s
veryeasytolosecontrol.Onwetice,forexample,thetraction is so poor
thatyouwillhavedifficultyaccelerating.And if you do getmoving,poor
steering and difficult braking can cause you to slide out of control.
~~
: . I’ .: . :j/-
ndsorriverscanbedangerous. ,. ~;~:.cx
., ‘:!....,-
,/ I:, 2’’
I
nderwatersprings,currentsundertheice,orsuddenthawscan 25
weakentheice. Your vehiclecouldfallthroughtheiceandyou ad.
. your passengers could drown. Drive your vehicle on safe surfaces
Driving In Water
Lightraincausesnospecialoff-roaddrivingproblems.Butheavyraincan
meanflashflooding,andfloodwatersdemandextremecaution.
Findout howdeepthewaterisbeforeyoudrivethrough it. If it’sdeep
enough to coveryourwheelhubs,axles,orexhaustpipe,don’t try it-you
probably won’t get through. Also, water that deep can damage your axle and
other vehicle parts.
If thewaterisn’ttoodeep,thendrivethrough it slowly. At fastspeeds,water
splashesonyourignitionsystemandyourvehiclecanstall.Stallingcanalso
occur if yougetyourtailpipeunderwater.And,aslongasyourtailpipeis
underwater,you’llneverbeabletostartyourengine.Whenyougothrough
water,rememberthatwhenyourbrakesgetwet, it may take you longer to
stop.
A Driving through rushing water can be dangerous. Deep water can

sweep your vehilcle downstream and you and your passengers could
drown. If it’sonlyinchesdeep, it can still wash away the ground
from under your tires, and you could lose traction and roll the vehicle
over. Don’t drive throughrushingwater.
4-33
After Off-Road Driving
Removeanybrushordebristhathascollectedontheunderbodv.chassis, or
underthehood.Theseaccumulationscanbeafirehazard.
Afteroperationinmudorsand,havethebrakeliningscleanedandchecked.
Thesesubstancescancauseglazingandunevenbraking.Checkthebody
structure,steering,suspension,wheels,tires,andexhaustsystemfordamage.
Also,checkthefuellinesandcoolingsystemforanyleakage.
Your vehiclewillrequiremorefrequentserviceduetooff-roaduse.Referto
theMaintenanceScheduleforadditionalinformation.
Driving at Night
AN450005
Nightdriving is moredangerousthandaydriving.Onereasonisthatsome
driversarelikely to be impaired-byalcoholordrugs,withnightvision
problems,orbyfatigue.
Here are some tips on night driving.
Drivedefensively.Remember,this is themostdangeroustime.
Don’t drinkanddrive(See“DrunkenDriving” in theIndexformoreon
this problem.)
Adjust yourinsiderearviewmirror to reducetheglarefromheadlights
behind you.
4-34
Sinceyoucan’tsee as well,youmayneed to slowdownandkeep
morespacebetweenyouandothervehicles.It’s hard to tell howfast
thevehicleahead is goingjust by lookingat its taillights.
@ Slowdown,especiallyonhigherspeedroads. Your headlightscanlight
uponly so muchroadahead.
In remoteareas,watchforanimals.
If you’retired, pull off the road in asafe place andrest.
Night Wsion
No onecansee as wellatnightas in thedaytime.But as weget older
thesedifferencesincrease.A50-year-olddrivermayrequireatleasttwiceas
much light to seethesame thing at night asa20-year-old.
What youdointhedaytimecanalsoaffectyournightvision.Forexample, if
youspendtheday in brightsunshineyouarewise to wearsunglasses.Your
eyeswillhavelesstroubleadjusting to night.
But if you’redriving,don’t wearsunglassesatnight.Theymaycutdownon
glarefromheadlights,buttheyalsomakealotofthingsinvisiblethatshould
remainvisible-suchasparkedcars, obstacles,pedestrians, oreventrains
blocking railway crossings. Youmaywant to put on your sunglasses after you
have pulled intoabrightly-lightedservice or refreshmentarea.Eyesshielded
fromthatglaremayadjustmorequickly to darknessbackontheroad.But
besure to removeyoursunglassesbeforeyouleavetheservicearea.
You can be temporarily blinded by approachinglights. It can take asecondor
two,orevenseveralseconds,foryoureyes to readjusttothe dark.When
youare faced withsevereglare(asfromadriverwhodoesn’tlower the high
beams,oravehiclewithmisaimedheadlights),slowdownalittle.Avoid
staringdirectly into theapproachinglights. If there is aline of opposing
traffic,makeoccasionalglancesover the line of headlights to makecertain
thatone of the vehiclesisn’tstarting to moveintoyourlane.Onceyouare
pastthebrightlights,giveyoureyestimetoreadjustbeforeresumingspeed.
High Beams
If thevehicleapproachingyouhasitshighbeams on, signalbyflickingyours
to highandthenback to lowbeam.Thisisthe usual signaltolowerthe
headlightbeams. If the other driver still doesn’tlowerthebeams,resistthe
temptation to putyourhighbeamson.Thisonlymakes two half-blinded
drivers.
4-35
Ona freeway,useyour highbeamsonly in remoteareaswhereyouwon’t
impairapproachingdrivers. In someplaces,likecities,usinghighbeams is
illegal.
Whenyoufollowanothervehicleonafreewayorhighway,uselowbeams.
True,mostvehiclesnowhaveday-nightmirrorsthatenablethedriver to
reduceglare.Butoutsidemirrorsarenot of thistypeand high beamsfrom
behindcanbotherthedriverahead.
A Few More Night Driving Suggestions
Keepyourwindshieldandalltheglassonyourvehicleclean-insideandout.
Glare at night is mademuchworseby dirtontheglass.Eventheinside of
theglasscanbuildupafilmcausedbydust.Tobaccosmokealsomakes
insideglasssurfacesveryfilmyandcanbeavisionhazard if it’sleftthere.
Dirtyglassmakeslightsdazzleandflashmorethancleanglasswould,
makingthepupils ofyoureyescontractrepeatedly.Youmightevenwant to
keepaclothandsomeglasscleaner in your vehicle if youneed to clean
your glass frequently.
Rememberthatyourheadlightslightupfarless of aroadwaywhenyouare
in a turn or curve.
Keepyoureyesmoving;thatway, it’seasiertopickoutdimlylightedobjects.
Justasyourheadlightsshouldbecheckedregularlyforproperaim, so should
youreyesbeexaminedregularly.Somedriverssufferfromnight
blindness-the inability to see in dimlight-andaren’tevenawareof it.
4-36
Driving in &ye Rain
I
AM455004
Rainandwetroadscanmeandrivingtrouble.Onawetroadyoucan’tstop,
accelerate or turn as wellbecauseyour tire-to-road tractionisn’t as good as
ondryroads.And, if yourtiresdon’thavemuch tread left,you’llgeteven
less traction.
It’salwayswise to goslowerandbecautious if rainstarts to fall whileyou
aredriving.Thesurface maygetwetsuddenlywhenyour reflexesaretuned
fordrivingondrypavement.
Theheaviertherain,theharder it is to see.Even if yourwindshieldwiper
bladesare in goodshape,aheavyraincanmakeitharder to seeroadsigns
andtrafficsignals,pavementmarkings,theedge of the road,andeven
peoplewalking.Roadspraycan often beworseforvisionthanrain,
especially if it comesfromadirtyroad.
So it is wise to keepyourwipingequipment in goodshapeandkeepyour
windshieldwashertankfilled.Replaceyourwindshieldwiperinsertswhenthey
show signs of streaking or missing areas on the windshield, orwhen strips of
rubberstart to separatefromtheinserts.
4-37
1,
I
AM455009
Drivingtoofastthroughlargewaterpuddlesorevengoingthroughsomecar
washescancauseproblems,too.Thewatermayaffectyourbrakes.Tryto
avoidpuddles.But if youcan’t,trytoslowdownbeforeyouhitthem.
I CAUTION I
Wetbrakescancauseaccidents.Theywon’tworkwell in aquick
stopand maycause pulling to oneside. You couldlosecontrol of I
thevehicle.
After arlvlng through a large puddle ofwater or a car WE ’ , a, ~, ‘y
yourbrakepedallightlyuntilyourbrakesworknormally.
I
Hydroplaning
Hydroplaningisdangerous. So muchwatercan build upunderyour tiresthat
theycanactuallyrideonthewater.Thiscanhappen if theroadiswet
enoughandyou’regoingfastenough.Whenyourvehicle is hydroplaning, it
haslittle orno contact withtheroad.
Youmightnotbeawareofhydroplaning.You coulddrivealongforsometime- -
withoutrealizing your tiresaren’t in constantcontactwiththeroad.You could
find outthehardway:whenyouhaveto slow, turn,moveout to pass-or if
yougethitbyagustofwind. You couldsuddenlyfindyourselfoutofcontrol.
Hydroplaningdoesn’thappenoften.But it can if yourtireshaven’tmuchtread
or if thepressureinoneormoreis low. Itcanhappen if alot ofwater is
standing ontheroad.Ifyoucanseereflectionsfromtrees,telephonepoles,
orothervehicles,andraindrops“dimple”thewater’ssurface,therecouldbe
hydroplaning.
Hydroplaningusuallyhappensathigherspeeds,Therejustisn’tahardand
fastruleabouthydroplaning.Thebestadviceistoslowdownwhenitis
raining,andbecareful.
?>me Other Rainy Weather Tips
Turnonyourheadlights-notjustyourparkinglights-tohelpmakeyou
more visible to others.
Lookforhard-to-seevehiclescomingfrombehind. Youmaywanttouse
yourheadlightseven in daytime if it’sraininghard.
Besidesslowingdown,allowsomeextrafollowingdistance.Andbe
especiallycarefulwhenyoupassanothervehicle.Allowyourselfmore
clearroomahead,andbepreparedtohaveyourviewrestrictedbyroad
spray. If theroadsprayis so heavyyouareactuallyblinded,dropback.
Don’t pass untilconditionsimprove.Goingmoreslowlyisbetterthan
havinganaccident.
Useyourdefogger if it helps.
0 Havegoodtireswithpropertreaddepth.(See“Tires” in theIndex.)
Driving in Fog, Mist and Haze
Fogcanoccurwithhighhumidityorheavyfrost. It canbe so mildthatyou
can seethrough it forseveralhundredfeet(meters).Or it mightbe so thick
thatyoucanseeonlyafewfeet(meters)ahead. It maycomesuddenlyto
anotherwiseclearroad.And it canbeamajorhazard.
Whenyoudriveintoafogpatch,yourvisibilitywillbereducedquickly.The
biggest dangers are striking the vehicle ahead or being struck by the one
behind.Tryto“read”thefogdensitydowntheroad. If thevehicleahead
starts to become less clear or,atnight, if thetaillightsarehardertosee,the
fogisprobablythickening.Slowdown to givetrafficbehindyouachanceto
slowdown.Everybodythenhasabetterchancetoavoidhittingthevehicle
ahead.
I .
I-
AM459005
A patch ofdensefogmayextendonlyforafewfeet(meters)orformiles
(kilometers); you can'treallytellwhileyou'reinit. You canonlytreatthe
situationwithextremecare.
Onecommonfogcondition-sometimes calledmist orgroundfog-can R
happen in weatherthatseemsperfect,especiallyatnightor in theearly
morninginvalleyandlow,marshyareas.Youcan be suddenlyenveloped in
thick,wethazethatmayevencoatyourwindshield.Youcanoftenspotthese
fogpatchesormistlayerswithyourheadlights.Butsometimestheycanbe
waitingforyouasyoucomeovera hill or dipintoashallowvalley.Start
yourwindshieldwipersandwasher,tohelpclearaccumulatedroaddirt.Slow
downcarefully.
Tips on Driving in Fog
If yougetcaught in fog, turn yourheadlightsonlowbeam,even in daytime.
You'llsee-andbeseen-better.Useyour foglights if yourvehiclehasthem.
Don't use yourhighbeams.Thelightwillbounce off the water droplets that
makeupfogandreflectbackatyou.
Useyourdefogger.In high humidity,evenalightbuildupofmoistureonthe
inside of the glass will cut down on your already limited visibility. Run your
windshieldwipersandwasheroccasionally.Moisturecanbuilduponthe
outside glass,andwhatseemstobe fog may actually bemoistureonthe
outside ofyourwindshield.
. .
4-40
_ . , .
I
t
Treatdensefogasanemergency.Trytofindaplacetopullofftheroad.Of
course you want to respectanother’sproperty,butyoumightneedtoput
somethingbetweenyouandmovingvehicles-space,trees,telephonepoles,
aprivatedriveway,anythingthatremovesyoufromothertraffic.
If visibility is nearzeroandyoumuststopbutareunsurewhetheryouare
awayfromtheroad,turnyourlightson,startyourhazardwarningflasher,
andsoundyourhornatintervals or whenyouhearapproachingtraffic.
Passothervehicles in fogonly if youcanseefarenoughaheadtopass
safely.Eventhen, be prepared to delayyourpass if yoususpectthefog is
worseupahead. If othervehiclestry to passyou,makeiteasyforthem.
City Driving
AN460003
Oneof the biggest problems with city streets is the amount of trafficonthem.
You’llwant to watch out for what the other drivers are doing, and pay
attention to traffic signals.
Here are ways to increase your safety in citydriving:
Knowthebestway to get to whereyouaregoing.Trynot to drive
around trying to pick out a familiar street or landmark. Get a city map
and plan your trip into an unknown part of the city just as you would for
a cross-country trip.
Try tousethefreewaysthatrimandcrisscrossmostlargecities. You’ll
savetimeandenergy.(Seethenextsection,“FreewayDriving.”)
4-41
- .- .
I.
. . Your Driving and the Road
Treatagreenlightasawarningsignal. A trafficlightistherebecause
thecornerisbusyenough to needit.Whenalightturnsgreen,and just
beforeyoustart to move,check both ways forvehiclesthathavenot
clearedtheintersection ormayberunning the red light.
Obeyallpostedspeedlimits.Butrememberthattheyareforidealroad,
weatherandvisibilityconditions. Youmay need to drivebelowthe
postedlimit in badweatherorwhenvisibility is especiallypoor.
Pull to theright(withcare)andstopclearofintersectionswhenyousee
or hear emergency vehicles.
Freeway Driving
AN461003
. . Mileformile,freeways(alsocalledthruways,parkways,expressways,
. ~.
turnpikes, orsuperhighways)arethesafestofallroads.Buttheyhavetheir
3 .
ownspecialrules.
-.
. .
Themostimportantadviceonfreewaydrivingis:Keepupwithtrafficand
keep to theright.Driveatthesamespeedmost of theotherdrivers are
driving.Too-fastortoo-slowdrivingbreaksasmoothtrafficflow.Treattheleft
laneonafreeway as apassinglane.
Entering the Freeway
. I At theentrancethere is usuallyarampthatleads to the freeway. If youhave
a clear view of the freeway as you drive along the entrance ramp, you
.1
I
,
-
should begin to checktraffic.Try to determinewhereyouexpect to blend
>. -
withtheflow. If traffic is light,youmayhavenoproblem. But if it is heavy,
find agapasyoumovealongtheenteringlaneandtimeyourapproach. Try
4-42
to mergeintothegapatclose to theprevailingspeed.Switchonyour turn
signal,checkyourrearviewmirrors as youmovealong,andglanceoveryour
shoulder as often as necessary. Try to blendsmoothlywiththetrafficflow.
Driving on the Freeway
Onceyou are on the freeway, adjustyourspeed to thepostedlimitor to the
prevailingrate if it’sslower.Stay in the rightlaneunlessyouwant to pass. If
youareona two-lane freeway,treattherightlaneastheslowlaneandthe
leftlane as thepassinglane.
If you are on a three-lane freeway, treat the right lane as the slower-speed
throughlane,themiddle lane as thehigher-speedthroughlane,andtheleft
laneasthe passing lane.
Beforechanginglanes,checkyourrearviewmirrors.Thenuseyour turn
signal. Just before you leave the lane, glance quickly over your shoulder to
makesure there isn’tanothervehicle in your “blind” spot.
If you are movingfromanoutside to acenterlaneonafreewayhaving
morethan two lanes,makesureanothervehicleisn’tabout to moveintothe
samespot.Look at the vehicles two lanes over and watch for telltale signs:
turnsignalsflashing,anincrease in speed,ormovingtowardtheedge of the
lane.Beprepared to delayyourmove.
Onceyou are movingon the freeway,make certainyouallowareasonable
followingdistance.Expect to moveslightlysloweratnight.
Leaving the Freeway
Whenyouwant to leavethefreeway,move to theproperlanewell in
advance.Dashingacrosslanesatthelastminuteisdangerous. If youmiss
yourexitdonot,underanycircumstances,stopandbackup.Driveon to the
next exit.
Ateachexitpoint is adecelerationlane.Ideally it should belongenoughfor
you to enter it atfreewayspeed(aftersignaling, ofcourse)and thendoyour
brakingbeforemovingontotheexit ramp.Unfortunately,notalldeceleration
lanesarelongenough-some are too short for all the braking. Decide when
tostartbraking. If youmustbrakeonthethroughlane,and if there is traffic
close behind you,youcanallowa little extratimeandflashyourbrakelights
(in addition to your turn signal)asextrawarningthatyou are about to slow
downandexit.
Theexitrampcanbecurved,sometimesquitesharply.Theexitspeed is
usuallyposted.Reduceyourspeedaccording to yourspeedometer,not to
your sense of motion. After driving for any distance at higher speeds, you
4-43
maytendtothinkyouaregoingslowerthanyouactuallyare.Forexample,
40 mph (65 km/h)mightseemlikeonly 20 mph (30 km/h).Obviously,this
couldleadtoserioustroubleonarampdesignedfor 20 mph (30 km/h)!
Driving a Long Distance
Althoughmostlongtripstodayaremadeonfreeways,therearestillmany
madeonregularhighways.
Long-distancedrivingonfreewaysandregularhighwaysisthesame in some
ways.Thetriphastobeplannedandthevehicleprepared,youdriveat
higher-than-cityspeeds,andtherearelongerturnsbehindthewheel.You’ll
enjoyyourtripmoreifyouandyourvehicleare in goodshape.Hereare
some tips for a successful long trip.
Before Leaving on a Long Trip
Makesureyou’reready.Trytobewellrested. If youmuststartwhenyou’re
notfresh-suchasafteraday’s work-don’t plan to make too many miles
that first part ofthejourney.Wearcomfortableclothingandshoesyoucan
easilydrivein.
Is yourvehiclereadyforalongtrip? If youkeepitservicedandmaintained,
it’sreadytogo. If itneedsservice,haveitdonebeforestartingout. Of
course,you’llfindexperiencedandableserviceexpertsinyourvehicle’s
dealershipsallacrossNorthAmerica.They’llbereadyandwillingtohelp if
YOU need it.
Her1 ire Some things you can check before a trip:
0 WindshieldWasherFluid: Is thereservoirfull?Are all windowsclean
..
insideandoutside?
.-,.
WiperBlades:Arethey in goodshape?
C
-
._
.
Fuel,EngineOil,OtherFluids:Haveyoucheckedalllevels?
Lights:Arethey all working?Arethelensesclean?
Tires:Theyarevitallyimportanttoasafe,trouble-freetrip. Is the tread
goodenoughforlong-distancedriving?Arethetiresallinflatedtothe
recommendedpressure?
WeatherForecasts:What’stheweatheroutlookalongyourroute?
Should you delay your trip a shorttimetoavoidamajorstormsystem?
Maps: Do youhaveup-to-datemaps?
4-44
On the Road
Unlessyouaretheonlydriver, it is good to share the driving task with
others.Limitturnsbehindthewheel to about 100 miles (160 km)or two
hours at a sitting. Then, either change drivers or stop for some refreshment
likecoffee,teaorsoftdrinksandsomelimberingup.But do stopandmove
around.Eatlightlyalongthe way. Heaviermealstendtomakesomepeople
sleepy.
Ontwo-lanehighwaysorundividedmultilanehighwaysthat do nothave
controlledaccess,you’llwant to watchforsomesituationsnotusuallyfound
onfreeways.Examplesare:stopsignsandsignals,shoppingcenterswith
directaccess to thehighway,nopassingzonesandschoolzones,vehicles
turning left andright off theroad,pedestrians,cyclists,parkedvehicles,and
evenanimals.
Highway Hypnosrs
Is thereactuallysuchaconditionas“highwayhypnosis?”Orisitjustplain
fallingasleepatthewheel?Callithighwayhypnosis,lack of awareness,or
whatever.
Thereissomethingaboutaneasystretch of roadwiththesamescenery,
along with the hum of the tires on the road,thedrone of theengine,andthe
rush of thewindagainstthevehiclethatcanmakeyousleepy.Don’tletit
happen to you! If it does,yourvehiclecanleavetheroadin less thana
second,andyoucouldcrashandbeinjured.
Whatcanyou do abouthighwayhypnosis?First,beawarethatitcan
happen.
Thenhere are sometips:
Makesureyourvehicleiswellventilated,withacomfortablycoolinterior.
Keepyoureyesmoving.Scantheroadaheadandtothesides.Check
your rearview mirrors frequently and your instruments from time to time.
Thiscanhelpyouavoidafixedstare.
Weargoodsunglassesinbrightlight.Glarecancausedrowsiness.But
don’t wear sunglasses at night. They will drastically reduce your overall
visionattheverytimeyouneed all the seeing power you have.
If yougetsleepy, pull off theroadintoarest,service, orparkingarea
andtakea nap,getsomeexercise,orboth.Forsafety, treatdrowsiness
onthehighwayasanemergency.
As in anydrivingsituation,keeppacewithtrafficandallowadequate
followingdistances.
4-45
Hill and Mountain Roads
I
. l i
7. --
._
. .-
AM470001
Drivingonsteephillsormountains is differentfromdrivinginflatorrolling
terrain. If youdriveregularly in steepcountry,or if you'replanning to visit
there,herearesometipsthatcanmakeyourtripssaferandmoreenjoyable.
(See"Off-RoadDriving" in theIndexforinformationaboutdrivingoff-road.)
Keepyourvehicleingoodshape.Check all fluidlevelsandalsothe
brakes,tires,coolingsystemandtransmission.Thesepartscanwork
hard onmountainroads.
Knowhow to godownhills.Themostimportantthing to know is this:let
.. .
. 1
yourenginedosomeoftheslowingdown.Don'tmakeyourbrakesdo it
all.Shifttoalowergearwhenyougodownasteepor long hill.That
way,youwill slow downwithoutexcessiveuse ofyourbrakes.
Ifyoudon'tshiftdown,yourbrakescouldget so hot thatthey

wouldn'tworkwell.Youwould thenhavepoorbrakingorevennone
1 goingdownahill. You could crash.Shiftdown to letyourengine

assist
your
brakeson
steep
a downhill
slope.
4-46
CAUTION
Coastingdownhill in N (Neutral)orwiththeignition
A off is dangerous. I
2Your brakes will have to do all the work of slowing down. They could
get so hot that they wouldn’t work well. You couldcrash.Always
haveyourignitiononandyourvehicleingearwhenyougodownhill.
Knowhow to go uphill. Youmaywant toshiftdowntoalowergear.

Thelowergearshelpcoolyourengineandtransmission,andyoucan
climbthe hill better.
Stayinyourownlanewhendrivingontwo-laneroads in hills or
mountains. Don’t swing wide or cut across the center of the road. Drive
atspeedsthatletyoustay in yourownlane.Thatway,youwon’t be
surprisedbyavehiclecomingtowardyouinthesamelane.
Ittakeslongertopassanothervehiclewhenyou’regoinguphill.You’ll
want to leaveextraroomtopass. If avehicleispassingyouand
doesn’thaveenoughroom,slowdowntomake it easierfortheother
vehicle to get by.
e As yougooverthetop of ahill,bealert.Therecouldbesomethingin
yourlane,likeastalledcaroranaccident.
Youmay see highway signs on mountains that warn of special.problems.
Examplesarelonggrades,passingorno-passingzones,afallingrocks
area,orwindingroads.Bealerttotheseandtakeappropriateaction.
Winterdrivingcanpresentspecialproblems. See“WinterDriving” in the
Index.
Parking on Hills
Hills and mountainsmeanspectacularscenery.Butpleasebecarefulwhere
youstop if youdecidetolookattheviewortakepictures.Lookforpull-offs
orparkingareasprovidedforscenicviewing.
AM470005
Anotherpartofthismanualtellshow to useyourparkingbrake(see“Parking
Brake” in theIndex).Butonamountainorsteep hill, youcan do onemore
thing. Youcan turnyourfrontwheelstokeepyourvehiclefromrollingdown-
hill or outintotraffic.Here’show:
Parking Downhill
AM470010
Turnyourwheels to theright.
You don’thavetojamyourtiresagainstthecurb,ifthere is a curb. A gentle
contact is allyouneed.
Parking Uphill
AM470015
If there is a curb, turn your wheels to the left if the curb is at the right side
of your vehicle.
AM470020
If you’re going uphill on a one-waystreetandyou’reparkingontheleftside,

your wheels should point to the right.
4-49
I
",.*,lcG~2*"*w"
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ "* .
**b
;.. " ~ ~
nl " ~ -*_ -~
; ,,-,.,',.".~
AM470024
If thereisnocurbwhenyou'reparkinguphill,turnthewheels to theright.
If thereisnocurbwhenyou'reparkinguphillontheleftsideofaone-way
street,yourwheelsshouldbeturned to theleft.
Torque Lock (Automatic Transmission)
If youareparkingonahillandyoudon'tshiftyourtransmissioninto P
(Park)properly,theweightofthevehiclemayputtoomuchforceonthe
parkingpawlinthetransmission. You mayfind it difficulttopulltheshiftlever
outof P (Park).Thisiscalledtorquelock. To preventtorquelock,alwaysbe
suretoshiftinto P (Park)beforeyouleavethedriver'sseat. To findouthow,
see"ShiftingInto P (Park) in theIndex."
Whenyouareready to drive,movetheshiftleverout of P (Park) BEFORE
youreleasetheparkingbrake.
If "torquelock"doesoccur,youmayneed to haveanothervehiclepush
yoursalittleuphill to takesomeofthepressure from thetransmission, so
youcanpulltheshiftleverout of P (Park).
4-50
Winter Driving
AN480001
Here are some tips for winter driving:

Haveyourvehicle in goodshapeforwinter.Besureyourenginecoolant
mix is correct.
Snow tirescanhelp in loose snow, butthey may giveyoulesstraction
on ice thanregulartires. If you do notexpect to bedriving in deep
snow, butmayhave to traveloverice,youmaynotwant to switch to
snow tires at all.
Youmaywant to putwinteremergencysupplies in yourvehicle.
Includeanicescraper,asmallbrushorbroom,asupply of windshield
washerfluid,arag,somewinterouterclothing,asmallshovel,aflashlight,a
redcloth,andacouple of reflectivewarningtriangles. And, if youwillbe
drivingundersevereconditions,includeasmallbag ofsand,a piece of old
carpetoracouple of burlapbags to helpprovidetraction.Besureyou
properly secure these items in your vehicle.
Driving on Snow or Ice
Mostof thetime,thoseplaceswhereyourtiresmeettheroadprobablyhave
goodtraction.
However, if there issnowor ice betweenyourtiresandtheroad,youcan
haveaveryslipperysituation.You’llhavea lot lesstraction or “grip”andwill
needtobeverycareful.
4-51
r -
AM480016
What’stheworsttimeforthis?“Wetice.”Verycoldsnoworicecanbeslick
andhard to driveon.Butweticecanbeevenmoretroublebecauseitmay
offertheleasttraction of all. Youcanget“wet ice” when it’s about freezing
(32°F; 0°C) andfreezingrainbegins to fall.Try to avoiddrivingonwetice
until salt and sand crews can get there.
Whateverthecondition-smoothice,packed,blowingorloosesnow-drive
withcaution.Accelerategently.Trynot to breakthefragiletraction. If you
accelerate too fast,thedrivewheelswillspinandpolishthesurfaceunder
thetiresevenmore.
Your antilockbrakesimproveyourability to makeahardstoponaslippery
road.Eventhoughyouhavetheantilockbrakingsystem,you’llwant to begin
stoppingsoonerthanyouwouldondrypavement.See“Antilock” in the
Index.
Allow greater following distance on any slippery road.
Watchforslipperyspots.Theroadmightbefine until youhitaspot
that’scoveredwithice.Onanotherwiseclearroad,icepatchesmay
appear in shadedareaswherethesuncan’treach:aroundclumps of
trees,behindbuildings,orunderbridges.Sometimesthesurfaceof a
curveoranoverpassmayremainicywhenthesurroundingroadsare
clear. If youseeapatch of iceahead ofyou,brake beforeyouareon
it. Try not to brake while you’re actually on the ice, and avoid sudden
steeringmaneuvers.
4-52
I
i
-
I- : _
A1480028
If youarestoppedbyheavysnow,youcouldbeinaserioussituation. You
should probably stay with your vehicle unless you know for sure that you are
nearhelpandyoucanhikethroughthesnow.Herearesomethingstodoto
summonhelpandkeepyourselfandyourpassengerssafe:Turnonyour
hazard flashers. Tie a red cloth to your vehicle to alert police that you’ve
been stopped by the snow.Puton extra clothing or wrap a blanket around
you.Ifyouhavenoblanketsorextraclothing,makebodyinsulatorsfrom
newspapers,burlapbags,rags,floormats-anythingyoucanwraparound
yourselfortuckunderyourclothingtokeepwarm.
You canruntheengine to keepwarm, but becareful.
I
I
Snowcantrapexhaustgasesunderyourvehicle.Thiscancause
deadlyCO(carbonmonoxide)gas to getinside.COcouldovercome
youand kill you.You can’tsee it orsmell it, so youmightnotknow
it is in yourvehicle.Clearawaysnowfromaroundthebase ofyour
vehicle, especially any that is blockingyourexhaustpipe.Andcheck
around again from time to time to be sure snow doesn’t collect there
Open a window just a little on the side of the vehicle that’s away
keep
helpwillThis
wind.
thefrom CO out. I
4-53
- .
.
”
- .
c.
,
-
‘6
. ..
AM480042
Runyourengineonlyaslongasyoumust.Thissavesfuel.Whenyourun
theengine, makeitgoalittlefasterthanjustidle.Thatis,pushthe
acceleratorslightly.Thisuseslessfuelfortheheatthatyougetanditkeeps
.. thebatterycharged. You willneed a well-chargedbattery to restartthevehi-
cle,andpossiblyforsignalinglateronwith yourheadlights.Lettheheater
I>: ” runforawhile.Then,shuttheengine off andclosethewindowalmostallthe
.,. .,,-. way to preservetheheat.Starttheengineagainandrepeatthisonly when
you feel reallyuncomfortablefromthecold.But do it aslittleaspossible.
Preservethefuelaslongasyoucan. To helpkeepwarm,youcangetout
of the vehicle and do somefairlyvigorousexerciseseveryhalfhouror so
until helpcomes.
lf You’re Stuck in Deep Snow
Thismanualexplainshowtogetthevehicleout ofdeepsnowwithout
damaging it. See“RockingYourVehicle’’ in theIndex.
Recreational Vehicle Towing
(FoueWheel Drive Only)
If yourvehiclehas4-wheeldriveyoumaytow it behindanothervehicle
providing,itdoesnothavetheoptionalelectronicshifttransfercase.
4-54
Before towing you should:
1. Settheparkingbrakefirmly.
2. Place the auto’matictransmission in P(Park)orthemanualtransmission
in th:e lowest gear (1st gear).
3. Firmlyattach the vehiclebeingtowed to thetowvehicle.Refer to the
hitch manufacturer’sinstructions.
ShiftingthetransfercasetoN(Neutral)cancauseyourvehicle
rolleven if thetransmission is in P(Park),foranautomatic
transmission, or if yourvehicle is in gear,foramanual
This is because the transfer case overrides the transmission.
1 NOTICE
I
to
transmission.
6. Insert the ignitionkey into theiginitionswitchand turn it onenotch.for-

ward of the “LOCK’ position.Thisplacesthekey into the“OFF”position,
whichunlocksthesteeringcolumnwhilepreventingbatterydrain.Unlock-
ing the steering column will allow for proper movement of the front
wheelshires during towing.
4-55
Towing a mailer
CAUTION I
A If youdon’tusethecorrectequipmentanddriveproperly,youcan
losecontrolwhenyoupullatrailer.
heavy,thebrakesmaynotwork
For example, if thetrailer is too
well-or evenatall.You and your
passengerscouldbeseriouslyinjured.Pullatraileronly if youhave
followed all thesteps in thissection.
Everyvehicleisreadyforsometrailertowing. If it was t t withtrailering

options,asmanyare,it’sreadyforheaviertrailers.Buttraileringisdifferent
thanjustdrivingyourvehiclebyitself.Traileringmeanschanges in handling,
durability,andfueleconomy.Successful,safetraileringtakescorrect
equipment,and it has to beusedproperly.
That’sthereasonforthissection.In it aremanytime-tested,important
trailering tips and safety rules. Many oftheseareimportantforyoursafety
and thatofyourpassengers. So please read this section carefully before you
pull a trailer.
If You Do Decide To Pull A Trailer
If youdo,herearesomeimportantpoints.
e Therearemanydifferentlawshaving to dowithtrailering.Makesure
yourrigwillbelegal,notonlywhereyoulivebutalsowhereyou’llbe
driving. A good sourceforthisinformationcanbestateorprovincial
police.
e Considerusingaswaycontrol if your trailer will weigh 2,000 pounds
(900 kg) or less.You shouldalwaysuseaswaycontrol if your trailer will
weighmorethan 2,000 pounds (900 kg).Youcanaskahitchdealer
about sway controls.
e Don’ttowatrailerat all during the first 500 miles (800 km)yournew
vehicle is driven.Yourengine,axle, or otherpartscouldbedamaged.
e Then,duringthefirst 500 miles (800 km) thatyoutowatrailer,don’t
driveover 50 mph (80 k d h ) anddon’tmakestartsatfullthrottle.This
helpsyourengineandotherpartsofyourvehiclewear in attheheavier
loads.
4-56
Three important considerations have to do with weight:
Weight of the Trailer
How heavycanatrailersafelybe?Itdependsonhowyouplantouseyour
rig.Forexample,speed,altitude,roadgrades,outsidetemperature,andhow
muchyourvehicle is used to pull a trailer are all important. And, it canalso
dependonanyspecialequipmentthatyouhaveonyourvehicle.Youcan
ask your dealer for our trailering information or advice, or you can write us at
theaddresslisted in yourWarrantyandOwnerAssistanceInformation
Booklet.
In Canada,writeto:
GeneralMotors ofCanada, Limited
Customer Assistance Center
1908Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa,OntarioL1H 8P7
Weight of the Trailer Tongue
Thetongueload (A) ofany trailer is animportantweighttomeasurebecause
it affects the total or gross weight of your vehicle. The gross vehicle weight
(GVW) includes the curb weight of thevehicle,anycargoyoumaycarry in it,
and the people who will be riding in thevehicle.Andifyoutowatrailer,you
must add the tongue load to the GVW because your vehicle will be carrying
thatweight,too.See“Loading YourVehicle”intheIndexformoreinformation
aboutyourvehicle’smaximumloadcapaci’
AN490002
If you’reusinga“dead-weight”hitch,thetrailertongue (A)shouldweigh10%
of thetotalloadedtrailerweight (B). If youhavea“weight-distributing”hitch,
4-57
thetrailertongue (A) shouldweigh 12% ofthe totalloadedtrailerweight (B).
Afteryou’veloadedyourtrailer,weighthetrailerandthenthetongue,
separately, to see if theweightsareproper. If theyaren’t,youmaybeable
to getthemrightsimplybymovingsomeitemsaroundinthetrailer.
TotalWeight on YourVehicle’sTires
Be sureyourvehicle’stiresareinflated to thelimitforcoldtires.You’llfind
thesenumbersontheCertificationLabelonthedriver’sdoorlockpillar(or
see“Tire-Loading”intheIndex).Thenbesureyoudon’tgoovertheGVW
limit for your vehicle.
Hitches
It’simportanttohavethecorrecthitchequipment.Crosswinds,largetrucks
going by,androughroadsare a fewreasonswhyyou’llneedtherighthitch.
Here are some rules to follow:
If you’llbepulling a trailerthat,whenloaded,willweighmorethan 2,000
pounds (900 kg)besuretouseaproperlymountedweight-distributing
hitchandswaycontrol of thepropersize.Thisequipmentisvery
importantforpropervehicleloadingandgoodhandlingwhenyou’re
driving.
You cantowtrailersupto 2,000 pounds (900 kg)withastepbumperhitch,
but if your trailer tongue has a V-shaped foot, your bumper could be
damaged in sharpturns.Checkthedistancefromthefrontedgeofthefoot
to themiddle of thehitchballsocket. If thedistanceislessthan 12 inches,
take the foot off the trailer tongue.
Safety Chains
You shouldalwaysattachchainsbetweenyourvehicleandyourtrailer.Cross
the safety chains under the tongue of the trailer so that the tongue will not
droptotheroadif it becomesseparatedfromthehitch.Instructionsabout
safetychainsmaybeprovidedbythehitchmanufactureror by thetrailer
manufacturer.Followthemanufacturer’srecommendationforattachingsafety
chains.Alwaysleavejustenoughslack so youcanturnwithyourrig.And,
neverallowsafetychainstodragontheground.
Trailer Brakes
If yourtrailerweighsmorethan 1,000 pounds (450 kg)loaded,then it needs
itsownbrakes-andtheymustbeadequate. Be suretoreadandfollowthe
instructionsforthetrailerbrakes to install,adjustandmaintainthemproperly.
And:
Don’ttapintoyourvehicle’sbrakesystem if thetrailer’sbrakesystem
willusemorethan 0.02 cubicinch ( 0 . 3 ~ ~of) fluidfromyourvehicle’s
- mastercylinder. If it does,bothbrakingsystemswon’tworkwell.You
couldevenloseyourbrakes.
Willthetrailerbrakepartstake3,000psi (20 650 kPa)ofpressure? If
not,thetrailerbrakesystemmustnotbeusedwithyourvehicle.
If everythingchecksoutthisfar,thenmakethebrakefluidtapatthe
portonthemastercylinderthatsendsfluidtotherearbrakes.Butdon’t
usecoppertubingforthis. If youdo, it willbend and finallybreak off.
Usesteelbraketubing.
Driving with a Trailer
Towing atrailerrequiresacertainamountofexperience.Beforesettingout
fortheopenroad,you’llwanttogettoknowyourrig.Acquaintyourselfwith
thefeel of handlingandbrakingwiththeaddedweight of thetrailer.And
alwayskeep in mindthatthevehicleyouaredrivingisnowagooddeal
longerandnotnearly so responsiveasyourvehicleisbyitself.
Beforeyoustart,checkthetrailerhitchandplatform,safetychains,electrical
connector,lights,tiresandmirroradjustment. If thetrailerhaselectricbrakes,
startyourvehicleandtrailermovingandthenapplythetrailerbrakecontroller
byhandtobesurethebrakesareworking.Thisletsyoucheckyourelectrical
connectionatthesametime.
Duringyourtrip,checkoccasionallytobesurethattheload is secure,and
that the lights and any trailer brakes are still working.
4-59
Following Distance
Stay at least twice as far behind the vehicle ahead as you would when
drivingyourvehiclewithoutatrailer.Thiscanhelpyouavoidsituationsthat
requireheavybrakingandsuddenturns.
Passing
You’llneedmorepassingdistanceupaheadwhenyou’retowingatrailer.
And,becauseyou’reagooddeallonger,you’llneed to go muchfarther
beyondthepassedvehiclebeforeyoucanreturn to yourlane.
Backing Up
Holdthebottom of thesteeringwheelwithonehand.Then,tomovethe
trailer left, just move your hand to the left. To movethetrailertotheright,
moveyourhand to theright.Alwaysbackupslowlyand,ifpossible,have
someoneguideyou.
Making Turns
Whenyou’returningwithatrailer,makewiderturnsthannormal. Do this so
yourtrailerwheelswon’tstrikesoftshoulders,curbs,roadsigns,trees,or
otherobjects.Avoidjerkyorsuddenmaneuvers.Signalwell in advance.
Turn Signals When Towing a Trailer
Whenyoutowatrailer,yourvehiclehas to have a different turn signal
flasherandextrawiring.Thegreenarrowsonyourinstrumentpanelwillflash
wheneveryousignalaturnorlanechange.Properlyhookedup,thetrailer
lights will also flash, telling other drivers you’re about to turn,changelanes,
or stop.
Whentowingatrailer,thegreenarrowsonyourinstrumentpanelwillflashfor
turnseven if thebulbsonthetrailerareburnedout.Thus,youmaythink
driversbehindyouareseeingyoursignalwhentheyarenot. It’s important to
check occasionally to be sure the trailer bulbs are still working.
Driving on Grades
Reduce speed and shift to a lower gear before youstartdownalongor
steepdowngrade. If youdon’tshiftdown,youmighthave to useyourbrakes
so muchthattheywouldgethotandnolongerworkwell.
Onalonguphillgrade,shiftdownandreduceyourspeedtoaround 45 mph
(70 km/h)toreducethepossibilityofengineandtransmissionoverheating.
If youhaveanautomatictransmission,youshoulduse D whentowinga
trailer.Operatingyourvehicle in D whentowingatrailerwillminimizeheat
buildupandextendthelife ofyourtransmission.Or,ifyouhaveamanual
transmissionwithfifthgear,it’sbetternottousefifthgear,justdrive in fourth
gear(or,asyouneed to, alowergear).
4-60
Parking on Hills
You reallyshouldnotparkyourvehicle,withatrailerattached,onahill. If
somethinggoeswrong,yourrigcouldstart to move.Peoplecanbeinjured,
and both your vehicle and the trailer can be damaged.
But if youeverhavetoparkyourrigonahill,here’showtodoit:
1. Applyyourregularbrakes,butdon’tshiftinto P (Park)yet,orintogear
for a manual transmission.
2. Havesomeoneplacechocksunderthetrailerwheels.
3. Whenthewheelchocksare in place,releasetheregularbrakesuntilthe
chocksabsorbtheload.
4. Reapplytheregularbrakes.Thenapplyyourparkingbrake,andthen
shiftto P (Park), or R (Reverse)foramanualtransmission.
5. If youhaveafour-wheel-drivevehiclewithamanualtransfercaseshift
lever,besurethetransfercaseis in adrive gear-not in N (Neutral).
6. Releasetheregularbrakes.
A It can be dangerous to get out of your vehicle

fully in P (Park)withtheparkingbrakefirmlyset.
roll.
if the shift lever is not
Your vehiclecan
If youhavelefttheenginerunning,thevehiclecanmovesuddenly.
You or others could be injured. To be sure your vehicle won’t move,
evenwhenyou’reonfairlylevelground,usethestepsthatfollow.
If youhavefour-wheeldrivewithamanualtransfercaseshiftlever
andyourtransfercaseis in N (Neutral),yourvehiclewillbefreeto
roll,even ifyour shiftleveris in P (Park). So besurethetransfer
caseis in adrivegear-not in N (Neutral). If youareparkingona
hill, orifyou’re pullingatrailer,seealso“ParkingOnHills” in the
Index.
When You Are Ready to Leave After Parking on a Hill

1. Applyyourregularbrakesand hold thepedaldownwhileyou:
Startyourengine.
Shiftintoagear;and
Releasetheparkingbrake.
4-61
2. Let upon thebrakepedal.
3. Driveslowlyuntilthetrailer is clear of thechocks.
4. Stopandhavesomeonepickupandstorethechocks.
Maintenance When Trailer Towing
Your vehiclewillneedservicemoreoftenwhenyou’repullingatrailer.See
theMaintenanceScheduleformoreonthis.Thingsthatareespecially
important in traileroperationareautomatictransmissionfluid(don’toverfill),
engineoil,axlelubricant,belt,coolingsystem,andbrakeadjustment.Each of
theseiscovered in thismanual,andtheIndexwillhelpyou find them
quickly. If you’re trailering,it’sagoodidea to reviewthesesectionsbefore
you start your trip.
Checkperiodically to seethatallhitchnutsandboltsaretight.
Trailer Light Wiring
See“TrailerWiringHarness” in theIndex.
Power Winches
If youwish to useapowerwinchonyourvehicle,onlyuse it whenyour
vehicle is stationary oranchored.
NOTICE
Usetheregularbrakes,settheparkingbrake Or UIWK ihe wheels IW keep

your vehicle from rolling.
4-62
.
r
. -
prOb/ems on the Road
Here you’ll find what to do about some problems that can occur on the road .
Hazard Warning Flashers ..................................................................................... 5-2
Other Warning Devices ......................................................................................... 5-3
Jump Starting ........................................................................................................ 5-3
Towing Your Vehicle .............................................................................................. 5-7
Engine Overheating............................................................................................... 5-9
If a Tire Goes Flat .............................................................................................. 5-15
Changing a Flat Tire ........................................................................................... 5-16
Compact Spare Tire ............................................................................................ 5-28
If You’reStuck: In Sand, Mud, Ice or Snow ...................................................5-30
Problems on the Road
AM505003
Your hazardwarningflashersletyouwarnothers.Theyalsoletpoliceknow
youhaveaproblem. Your frontandrear turn signallightswillflashonand
off. But they won’t flash if you’rebraking.
Pressthebuttonin to makeyourfrontandrearturnsignallightsflashon
and off.
Your hazard warning flashers work no matter what position your key is in,
andeven if thekeyisn’tin.
To turn off theflashers, pull outonthecollar.
Whenthehazardwarningflashersareon,yourturnsignalswon’twork.
Other Warning Devices
If youcarryreflectivetriangles,youcansetoneupattheside of theroad
about 300 feet (100 m) behindyourvehicle.
Jump Starting
If yourbatteryhasrundown,youmaywant to useanothervehicleandsome
jumpercablestostartyourvehicle.Butpleasefollowthestepsbelow to do it
safely.
mwlmm A
A Batteries cart hurt you. They m bedangerousbecause:

* Theycontain acid that can burnyou.
Theycontain gas that can explode or ignite.
* They containenough electricity to burn you.
If you don’t follow these steps exactly, some 01: all .of thlese things
I canhurt yoW.
To Jump Start Your Vehicle

1. Checktheothervehicle. It musthave a 12-voltbatterywith ti negative
groundsystem.
I W U I IWL
I
5-3
2. Getthevehiclescloseenough so thejumpercablescanreach,butbe
surethevehiclesaren’ttouchingeachother.Iftheyare,itcouldcause a
groundconnectionyoudon’twant. Youwouldn’tbeable to startyour
vehicle,andthebadgroundingcoulddamagetheelectricalsystems.
1 CAUTION
* You couldbeinjuredifthevehiclesroll.Settheparkingbrakefirmly I
oneachvehicle.Putanautomatictransmission in P (Park)or a
manualtransmission in N (Neutral).
I
If youhaveafour-wheel-drivevehiclewithamanualtransfercase
shiftlever,besurethetra-fercaseisnotin N (Neut--’).
3. Turn off theignition on bothvehicles.Turn off alllightsthataren’t

needed,andradios.Thiswillavoidsparksandhelpsavebothbatteries.
And it couldsaveyourradio!
4. Openthehoodsandlocatethebatteries.Findthepositive (t) arlu

negative (-) terminals on eachbattery.
* Using a matchnear a batterycancausebatterygastoexplode. I

Peoplehavebeenhurtdoingthis,andsomehavebeenblinded.Use
aflashlightifyouneedmorelight.
Youdon’tneedtoaddwatertotheDelcoFreedom@batteryinstaller’
in everynew GM vehicle.But if abatteryhasfillercaps,besurethG
rightamountoffluid isthere. If it is low,addwater to takecareof
thatfirst. If youdon’t,explosivegascouldbepresent.
Batteryfluidcontainsacidthatcanburnyou.Don’tget it onyou. If
you accidentally get it in youreyesor on yourskin,flushtheplace
I with
water
and
get
medical
help
immediately.
5. Checkthatthejumpercablesdon’thaveloose or missinginsulation. If
they do, you couldget a shock.Thevehiclescouldbedamaged,too.
5-4
I
Beforeyouconnectthecables,herearesomethingsyoushouldknow.
Positive (t)willgo to positive (t) andnegative, (-) willgotoanegative
(-) orametalenginepart.Don'tconnect (t)to (-) oryou'llgeta
shortthatwoulddamagethebatteryandmaybeotherparts,too.
CAUTION
/ Fansorothermovingenginepartscaninjureyoubadly.Keepyour
handsawayfrommovingpartsoncetheenginesarerunning.
Y
6. Connecttheredpositive (t) cabletothepositive (t) terminal of the

vehiclewiththedeadbattery.Usearemotepositive (t) terminalifthe
vehiclehasone.
Dead
Battery (+) Good
Battery (t)
7. Don'tlettheotherendtouchmetal.Connectittothepositive (t)
terminal of thegoodbattery.Usearemotepositive (t)terminal if the
vehiclehasone.
8. Nowconnecttheblacknegative (-) cable to thegoodbattery'snegative
(-) terminal.
Don'tlettheotherendtouchanythinguntilthenextstep.Theotherend
of thenegativecable doesn't gotothedeadbattery. It goestoaheavy
unpaintedmetalpartontheengine of thevehiclewiththedeadbattery.
9. Attachthecableatleast 18 inches (45 cm)awayfromthedeadbattery,
butnotnearenginepartsthatmove.Theelectricalconnectionisjustas
goodthere,butthechance ofsparksgettingbacktothebattery is much
less.
5-5
Prob/ems on the Road
Good Battery (-) Heavy
Metal
Engine
Part
-L1
r“
PO1 67
10. Now startthevehiclewiththegoodbatteryandruntheenginefor

awhile.
11. Try to startthevehiclewiththedeadbattery.
If it won’tstartafter a fewtries, it probably needs service.
12. Removethecables in reverseordertopreventelectricalshorting.Take

care that they don’t touch each other or any other metal.
5-6
I
!
Towing Your Vehicle
Try to have a GM dealeroraprofessionaltowingservicetowyourvehicle.
Theycanprovidetherightequipmentandknowhow to towitwithout
damage.
If yourvehiclehasbeenchangedsince it wasfactory-new,byaddingthings
likefoglamps,aeroskirting,orspecialtiresandwheels,thesethingscould
bedamagedduringtowing.
Beforeyoudoanything,turnonthehazardwarningflashers.
Whenyoucall, tell thetowingservice:
Thatyourvehiclehasrear-wheeldrive,orthatithasthefour-wheeldrive
option.
0 Themake,model,andyearofyourvehicle.
Whetheryoucanmovetheshiftleverforthetransmissionandshiftthe
transfercase, if youhaveone.
If therewasanaccident,whatwasdamaged.
I CAUTION
To help avoid injury to you orothers:
A * Neverletpassengersride‘in a vehiclethat is beingtowed.
Never tow fasterthansafe or postedspeeds.
0 Nevertowwithdamaged pads not fully secured.
Nevergetunderyour vehide after it hasbeenliftedbythetow
truck.
. 0 Alwaysuseseparatesafetychainsoneachsidewhentowing a
vehicle.
Neveruse “J” hooks.UseT-hooksinstead.
5-7
, vr
KO519
Whenyour vehicle is beingtowed,havetheignitionkey off. Thesteering

wheelshouldbeclamped in astraight-aheadpositionwithaclampingdevice
designedforatowingservice.Donotusethevehicle'ssteeringcolumn
lock forthis.Thetransmission(eitherautomaticormanual)shouldbe in
N (Neutral)andthetransfercase(eithermanualshiftorelectronicshift), if
youhaveone,shouldbe in 2 WHEEL (two-wheeldrive).Theparkingbrake
shouldbereleased.
Don't have your vehicle towed on the rear (drive) wheels, unless you have to,
If thevehiclemustbetowedontherearwheels,don't go morethan 35 mph
(56 km/h)or farther than 50 miles (80 km)oryourtransmission will be
damaged. If theselimitsmustbeexceeded,thenthereardrivewheelshave
to besupportedonadolly.
Ifyourvehiclehasthefour-wheel-driveoption,adolly MUST beusedunder
the rear wheels when towing from the front.
5-8
Engine Overheating
You will find a coolant temperature gage on your vehicle inslrument panel.
If Steam IS Coming From Your Engine:
I
, .
,
I
. ,, ..;.,
~
..,.,
$.$&<4g&&$'.:?,'$;;$
-
;,";,&,.,.&
$&$&&%,+
.
.
KO714
1 ,A Steamfromanoverheatedenginecanburnyoubadly,even
justopenthehood.Stayawayfromtheengine
if you
if yousee or hear
steamcomingfromit.Justturnit off andgeteveryoneawayfrom
thevehicleuntilitcoolsdown.Waituntilthere is no signofsteamor
coolantbeforeopeningthehood.
If youkeepdrivingwhenyourengine is overheated,theliquidsinit
cancatchfire. Youor otherscouldbebadlyburned.Stopyour
engine if itoverheats,andgetoutofthevehicleuntiltheengine is
I cool.
NCITICE
5-9
If No Steam Is Coming From Your Engine:
If yougettheoverheatwarningbutsee or hearnosteam,theproblemmay
notbetooserious.Sometimestheenginecangetalittle too hotwhenyou:
Climbalonghillonahotday.
Stopafterhighspeeddriving.
Idleforlongperiods in traffic.
Tow atrailer.
If you get the overheat warning with no sign ofsteam,trythisforaminute
or so:
1. If youhaveanairconditioner,turn it off.
2. Turnyourheater to full hot at the highest fan speed and open the
windowasnecessary.
3. If you're in atrafficjam,shift to N (Neutral).
If younolongerhavetheoverheatwarning,youcandrive. Just to besafe,
driveslowerforabouttenminutes.Ifthewarningdoesn'tcomebackon,you
candrivenormally.
If thewarningcontinues,pullover,stop,andparkyourvehiclerightaway.
If there'sstillnosign ofsteam,pushtheacceleratoruntiltheenginespeedis
abouttwiceasfastasnormalidlespeed.Bringtheenginespeedback to
normalidlespeedafter two or threeminutes.Nowsee if thewarningstops.
Butthen, if you stillhavethewarning,TURN OFF THEENGINEANDGET
EVERYONE OUT OF THE VEHICLE until it cools down.
Youmay decide not to lift the hood but to getservicehelprightaway.
KO715
5-1 0
I
Whenyoudecideit'ssafe to liftthehood,here'swhatyou'llsee:
A. Coolantrecoverytank
B. Radiatorpressurecap
C. Enginefan
If the coolant inside the coolantrecoverytankisboiling,don'tdoanything
else until it coolsdown.
Thecoolant level shouldbeat orabovethe ADD mark. If it isn't,youmay

havealeak in theradiatorhoses,heaterhoses,radiatororwaterpumpor
somewhere else in the cooling system.
CAUTION I
Heaterandradiatorhoses,andotherengineparts,canbeveryhot.
Don'ttouchthem. If youdo,youcanbeburned.
runtheengine if thereisaleak. If youruntheengine,itcould
looseallcoolant.That could causeanenginefire,andyoucouldbe
burned. Get any leak fixed before you drive the vehicle.
NOTICF
If thereseems to be noleak,start the engineagain to see if the fan runs

when theenginedoes. If it doesn't,yourvehicleneedsservice.Turn off the
engine.
5-1 1
How to Add Coolant to the Coolant Recovery Tank
If youhaven’tfound a problemyet,butthecoolantlevelisn’tat or abovethe
ADD mark,add a 50/50 mixture of clean water (preferablydistilled)andthe
properantifreezeatthecoolantrecoverytank.(See“EngineCoolant”inthe
Indexformoreinformationaboutthepropercoolantmix.)
I CAUTION
Adding only plain water to your cooling system can be dangerous.
4 Rain water, or someotherliquid,like alcohill, can boil before the
proper coolant mix will. Your vehicle’s coolant warning system is set
for the proper coolant mix. With plain water, or the wrong mix, your
engine could get too hot but you wouldn’t get the overheat warning.
Your engine could catch fire and you or others could be burned. Use
‘a 5Q/Mmix of clean wafer and a proper antifreeze.
NOTICE
*
In cold weather,water can freeze and crack the en1
coreandother parts. Usetherecommendedcoolan
I
I
CAUTION
I
You can be burned if you spill coolant on hot engine parts. Coolant
b contains ethylene glycol and it wil’l burn if the engine parts are hot
I’ enough. Don’t spill coolant on a hot engine.
Whenthecoolantinthecoolantrecoverytankisatorabovethe ADD mark,
start your vehicle.
If theoverheatwarningcontinues,there’sonemorethingyoucantry. You
canaddthepropercoolantmixdirectlytotheradiator,butbesurethe
coolingsystem is coolbeforeyou doit.
A Steamandscaldingliquidsfrom a hotcoolingsystemcanblowout
andburnyoubadly.Theyareunderpressure,and
radiatorpressurecap-even
ifyouturnthe
a little-theycancomeoutathigh
speed.Neverturnthepressurecapwhenthecoolingsystem,
including the radiator pressure cap, is hot. Waitforthecooling
systemandradiatorpressurecap to cool ifyoueverhavetoturn
thepressurecap.
5-1 2
KO717
How to Add Coolant to the Radiator

1. You canremovetheradiatorpressurecapwhenthecoolingsystem,
includingtheradiator -pressure capandupperradiatorhose, is nolonger
hot. Turn thepressurecapslowly to theleftuntil it firststops.(Don’t
pressdownwhileturningthepressurecap). If youheara“hiss,”waitfor
that to stop. A “hiss’’meansthereis still somepressureleft.
KO7
2. Thenkeepturningthepressurecap,butnowpushdownasyouturn it.
Removethepressurecap.
5-1 3
Pmb/ems on the Road
KO719
3. Filltheradiatorwiththeproper mix,up to thebase of thefillerneck.

4. Then fill thecoolantrecoverytank to the ADD mark.
5. Put thecapbackonthecoolantrecoverytank,butleavetheradiator
pressure cap off.
KO720
6. Start theengineandlet it rununtilyoucan feel theupperradiatorhose

gettinghot.Watchoutfortheenginefan.
7. By thistime,thecoolantlevelinsidetheradiatorfillerneckmaybe
lower. If thelevel is lower,addmore of thepropermixthroughthefiller
neckuntilthelevelreachesthebase of thefillerneck.
5-1 4
KO721
8. Thenreplacethepressurecap.Besurethearrowsonthepressurecap
lineuplikethis.
Engine Fan Noise
Thisvehicle has aclutchedenginecoolingfan.Whentheclutchisengaged,
thefanspinsfaster to providemoreairtocooltheengine. In mosteveryday
drivingconditionstheclutchisnotengaged.Thisimprovesfueleconomyand
reduces fan noise.Underheavyvehicleloading,trailertowingandlorhigh
outsidetemperatures,thefanspeedincreaseswhentheclutchengages. So
youmayhear anincrease in fannoise.Thisisnormalandshouldnotbe
mistakenasthetransmissionslippingormakingextrashifts. It ismerelythe
coolingsystemfunctioningproperly.Thefanwillslowdownwhenadditional
coolingisnotrequired and theclutchdisengages.
Youmay alsohearthisfannoisewhenyoustarttheengine. It willgoaway
asthefanclutchdisengages.
If a Tire Goes Flat
It’sunusualforatireto“blowout”whileyou’redriving,especiallyifyou
maintainyourtiresproperly. If airgoesoutof atire,it’smuchmorelikelyto
leakoutslowly.Butifyoushouldeverhavea“blowout,”hereareafewtips
aboutwhattoexpectandwhattodo:
If a front tire fails, the flat tire will create a drag that pulls the vehicle toward
thatside.Takeyourfootofftheacceleratorpedalandgrip the steering wheel
firmly.Steertomaintainlaneposition,thengentlybraketoastopwelloutof
the traffic lane.
5-1 5
A rearblowout,particularlyon a curve,actsmuchlike a skidand may,
requirethesamecorrectionyou'dusein a skid. In anyrearblowout,remove
yourfootfromtheacceleratorpedal.Getthevehicleundercontrolbysteering
the wayyouwantthevehicle to go. It maybeverybumpyandnoisy,but
youcanstillsteer.Gentlybrake to a stop,well off theroad if possible.
If yourtiregoesflat,thenextpartshowshowtouseyourjackingequipment
tochange a flattiresafely.
Changing a Flat Tire
If a tire goesflat,avoidfurther tire andwheeldamagebydrivingslowlyto a
levelplace.Turnonyourhazardwarningflashers.
I CAUTION I
A Changing a tire cancauseaninjury.Thevehiclecan slip off the jack
A and roll over you or other people. You andtheycoulldbebadly
injured. Fin'd a level place to change your tire. To help prevent the
vehiclefrommoving:
I. Settheparkingbrakefirmly.
2. Puttheshiftleverin P (Park).
3. Shift a manualtransmissionto 1 (First) or R (Reverse).
4. If youhave a four-wheel-drivevehiclewith a manu'altransfer
case shift lever,besurethetransfercaseis in a drive
gear-not in N (Neutral).
'
5- Turn off the engine.

To be even more certain the. vehick won'tmove,youcan put blocks
at the front and rear of the tire farthest away from the one being
changed. That would be the tire on the other side of thevehicle,at
the opposite end.
5-1 6
AM545003
The following steps will tell you how to usethejackandchangeatire.

Theequipmentyou'llneed is behind theseat. Your sparetire is stowedunder
the truck.
KO748
Jack Storage
Your jack,wheelwrenchandwheelblocksarestored behind thefrontseats,
either on the center wall or along the right wall.
To removeyour jack cover, if youhaveone,turntheplasticwingnut to the
left untilyoucan pull it out.Remove the jack cover.
5-1 7
To removethewheelblocks,iackandwheelwrench,turnthewinanut " to the
left.Pullthewheelblocks,jackandwheelwrench off.
-
KO756
Spare Tire
1
KO744
Your spare tire is storedunderneaththerear of yourvehicle.

Underbody Carrier
To helpavoidpersonalinjuryandpropertydamage,neverremove or
restow a tire fromlto a stowage position under the vehicle while the
vehicleissupported by a jack.Alwaystightenthe tire fullyagainst
underside
the of the
restowing.
when
vehicle I
-
KOi'63
5-1 9
Ppob/ems on the Road
To Remove the Spare Tire
r
L
KO745
Insertthechiselend of thewheelwrench,onanangle,intothehole in the

rear bumper.Be sure the chisel end of thewheelwrenchconnects into the
hoist shaft.
KO747
Turnthewheelwrench to theleft to lowerthesparetire.Keepturningthe

wheelwrenchuntilthesparetirecanbepulledoutfromunderthevehicle.
Whenthetirehasbeencompletelylowered, tilt theretainerattheend of the
cableandpull it throughthewheelopening.Pullthetireoutfromunderthe
vehicle.
5-20
Changing the Tire
Startwiththejack,wheelwrenchandwheelblocks.
Rotate the jackhandle clockwise (to the right). That, will raise the jack lift head
a little.
F
F
KO503
Before you start, block the front and rear of the tire farthest awayfrom the
onebeingchanged.Thenputyourspare tire neartheflattire.
5-2 1
Pmb/ems on the Road
Hub Caps And Wheel Nut Caps
You willhavetotake off hubcapsorwheelnutcapstoreachyourwheel
nuts.
If youhaveindividualwheelnutcapsthatcovereachnut,theymustbe
removed in order to getthewheelnuts.Usethesocketend of thewheel
wrench to removethewheelnutcaps.
Yourwheel nutcapsmayattachyourhubcap to the wheel.Removethese
wheelnutcapsbeforeyoutake off thehubcap.
If youhavejustanaluminum or plasticmoldedhubcap, pry it off withthe
chiselend of yourwheelwrench.Some of themoldedplastichubcapshave
imitationwheelnutsmoldedintothem.Thewheelwrenchwon'tfitthese
imitationnuts, so don'ttry to removethemwiththesocketend of thewheel
wrench.
PO170
Using the wheelwrench,loosen all the wheelnuts.Don'tremovethemyet.
5-22
PO345
Position the jack under the vehicle.

Your vehiclehasaholeintheframeneareachfrontwheel,andaholein
thespringhangerneareachrearwheelforthejack.Fitthejackintothe
hole nearest the flat tire.
I CAUTION
Gettingunderavehiclewhen it is jacked up is dangerous. If the
vehicleslips off thejack,youcouldbebadlyinjuredorkilled.Never
getunderavehiclewhenitissupportedonly by ajack.
1
5-23
KO751
Raisethevehicle by rotatingthejackhandleclockwise. Raise thevehiclefar

enough off--hke.-groundso there is enough.roomfor thesparetire to fit.
PO171
Removeallthewheelnutsandtakeofftheflattire.
5-24
I
I
CAUT'oN
A
4
Rust or dirt on the wheel, or onthe parts to which it is fastened,
can make the wheel nub become loose after a time. The wheel
could come off and cause an accident. When you change a wheel,
remove any rust or dirt from the places where the wheel attaches to
the vehicle. In an emergency, you can use a doth or apapertowel
to do this; but be sure to use a scraperorwirebrushlater,if you
need to, to get all the rust or dirt off.
KO754
Removeanyrustordirtfromthewheelbolts,mountingsurfacesorspare
wheel.Placethespareonthewheelmountingsurface.
I Never use oil or grease on studs or nuts. If you do, the nuts might
L comeloose.Yourwheel could fall off, causing a serious accident.
Putonthesparetire.
KO755
Replacethewheelnutswiththeroundedend of thenutstowardthewheel.
Tighteneachnutbyhanduntilthewheelisheldagainstthehub.
., .
,~_ i .,
, . 9,; .; -
KO757
Lowerthevehiclebyrotatingthejackhandlecounterclockwise.Lowerthejack
completely.
1
KO758
Tightenthewheelnutsfirmly in acriss-crosssequenceasshown.Remove
thewheelblocks.
A Incorrectwheelnuts or improperlytightenedwheelnutscancause
thewheel to becomelooseandevencome off. This could lead to
anaccident.Besure to usethecorrectwheelnuts. If youhave to
replacethem,besure to gettherightkind.
Stopsomewhere as soonasyoucanandhavethenuts tightened
with a torquewrench to 95 ft. Ibs. (130 N.m ).
Storing The Tire in The Underbody Carrier

Putthetireonthegroundattherear of thevehicle,withthevalvestem
pointeddownand to the rear.
Pull theretainingbarthroughthewheel. Put thechiselend of thewheel
wrench,onan angle,throughthehole in therearbumperandintothehoist
shaft.Turn the wheelwrenchclockwise until the tire is raisedagainstthe
underside of the vehicle.
You willheartwo“clicks”whenthe tire is secure, but pull onthe tire to
makesure.
5-27
Problenrs on the Road
KO546
Returnthejack,wheelwrenchandwheelblockstotheproperlocationbehind
theseat.Securetheitemsandreplacethejackcover.
Storing a jack, a tire, or other equipment in thepassenger

compartmentof thevehiclecouldcauseinjury. In asuddenstopor
collision,looseequipmentcouldstrikesomeone.Storeallthese in
I proper
theplace.
Compact Spare (If So Equipped)

Althoughyourcompactsparewasfullyinflatedwhenthevehiclewasnew,
it canloseairovertime.Checkitsinflationpressureregularly. It shouldbe
60 psi (420 kPa).Thecompactspareismade to goup to 3,000 miles
(5000 km), so youcanfinishyour trip andgetanewtirewhereyouwant.
Ofcourse,it'sbesttoreplaceyoursparewith a full-sizetire assoonasyou
can.Yoursparewill lastlongerandbeingoodshape in caseyoueverneed
itagain.
5-28
I NOTICE
Don’tuseyourcompactspareonsomeothervehicle.Anddon’tmixyour
compact spare or wheel with other wheels or tires. They won’t fit. Keep your
spareanditswheeltogether.
I CAUTION ~~ ~
Storingajack,atire, or otherequipment in thepassenger

I A compartment of the vehicle could causeinjury. In asuddenstop or
collision,looseequipmentcouldstrikesomeone.Storeallthese in
the proper place.
NOTICE
5-29
Pm6/ems on the Road
If You’re Stuck: In Sand, Mud, Ice or
snow
Whatyou don’t wanttodowhenyourvehicle is stuck is to spinyour
wheels.Themethodknownas“rocking”canhelpyougetoutwhenyou’re
stuck,butyoumustusecaution.
fi If you letyourtiresspin at high speed, theycanexplodeand you1 or

others could beinjured.And, the transmiss’ion or other parts ofthe
vehicle can overheat. That could cause an engine comparlme’nt fire
or other damage.Whenyou’re stuck, spin the wheels as little as
possible. Don’t spin the wheelsabove 35 rnph 1(55krn/h) as shown
oln thespeedometer.
Rocking Your Vehicle To Get It Out:

First, turn yoursteeringwheelleftandright.Thatwillcleartheareaaround
yourfront wheels.Then shiftbackandforthbetween R (Reverse)anda
forwardgear(orwithamanualtransmission,between 1 (First)or 2 (Second)
gearand R (Reverse),spinningthewheelsaslittleaspossible.Releasethe
acceleratorpedalwhileyoushift,andpresslightly on theacceleratorpedal
whenthetransmissionisingear. If thatdoesn’tgetyououtafterafewtries,
youmayneed to betowed out. Or,youcanuseyourrecoveryhooks, if your
vehiclehasthem. If you do need to betowedout,see“TowingYourVehicle’’
intheIndex.
5-30
Using the Recovery Hooks
If youevergetstuck in sand,mud, ice orsnow,your venicie may De

equippedwithrecoveryhooks.Therecoveryhooksareprovidedatthefront
ofyourvehi'cle.Youmayneed to usethem if you'restuckoff-roadandneed
to be pulled to someplacewhereyoucancontinuedriving.
CAUTION
Therecoveryhooks,whenused,areunderalot of force.Always
thevehiclestraightout.Never pull on thehooksatasideways
angle.Thehookscouldbreak off andyouorotherscouldbeinjured
fromthe chain orcablesnappingback.
5-31
I NOTICE
5-32
- Service & Appearance Care
Section
Hereyouwill find informationaboutthecare of yourvehicle.Thispartbegins

withserviceand fuel information,andthen it showshow to checkimportant
fluidandlubricantlevels.There is alsotechnicalinformationaboutyour
vehicle,andasectiondevoted to its appearancecare.
Service ..........,.,..r.l.......,... . .....,,........,....,......................,. ...............=................=..... 6-3
Fuel ......................,................................................... ,..,, ,..................*....,.........6-4
Checking Things Under the Hood .................................................................,.....
6-7
.......,. .... 6-9
Engine Oil I.....................1............11..........,.......,.,..I...................r.............
.............-.........- ...........6-14
Air Cleaner..................,.................................................
Automatic Transmission Fluid ........................-............ ....................................6-16
Manual Transmission Fluid....,.,.......................... ..........................................6-19
Hydraulic Clutch ,..........,......,....,..........I...I....I.................................................6-20
-.................6-21
Rear Axle ............ ..................... .............I...............I..I........................
=
Transfer Case ................................................,.~...............................................6-21

Front Axle .......I.............I......I.....................r..........I...r..................I......I.II...I......6-22
Engine Coolant........................... ~ ................................. r..l................................6-23
Power Steering Fluid.....,. 3.,Iri.1111r .....................................................................6-27
WindshieldWasherFluid ...................................................... ....................6-28
Brake Master Cylinder.................... .. ............................................. .6-29
Replacing Brake System Parts ............................................................,..........,..
6-30
6-1
Service & Appearance Care
Battery .................................................................................................................. 6-31
Vehicle Storage ...................................................................................................6-31
Bulb Replacement ...............................................................................................6-31
Other Maintenance Items ...................................................................................6-34
Loading Your Vehicle .......................................................................................... 6-38
Tires...................................................................................................................... 6-43
Appearance Care ................................................................................................ 6-50
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) ................................................................... 6-57
Service Parts Identification Label ......................................................................6-59
Fuses and Circuit Breakers ................................................................................ 6-59
Capacities and Specification Charts ..................................................................6-61
6-2
t
Service
Your GeneralMotorsdealerknowsyourvehiclebestandwantsyoutobe
happywithit.Wehopeyou’llgo to yourdealerforallyourserviceneeds.
You’llgetgenuineGMpartsandGM-trainedandsupportedservicepeople.
We hope you’ll want to keepyourGMvehicleallGM. GM partshaveone of
thesemarks:
Doing Your Own Service Work

If youwantto do someofyourown service work, you’ll want to get the
properGeneralMotorsServiceManual.Ittellsyoumuchmoreabouthowto
serviceyourvehiclethanthismanualcan. To ordertheproperservice
manual,see“ServicePublications” in theIndex.
You shouldkeep a recordwithallpartsreceiptsandlistthemileageand
date ofanyserviceworkyouperform.See“MaintenanceRecord” inthe
Index.
Yolu can be injured if you try to do service work on a vehicle without

knowingenou’glhaboutit.
9 Besureyouhavesufficient know18edge,experience, andthe
proper replacement parts and tools before you attempt any
vehicle maintenance task.
@~ Be sure touseth’epropernuts,boltsandotherfasteners.
“English”and“metric” fasEeners can be easilyconfused. If you
use the wrong fasteners, parts can later break ‘ar fall off. You
couldbehurt.
6-3
1 you try to do your own service work without knowing enough abol
'OUI ehicle could bedamaged.
Fuel
6-4
If you’re using fuelratedat 91 octaneorhigherandyoustillhearheavy
knocking,yourengineneedsservice.Butdon’tworry if youheara little
pinging noise whenyou’reacceleratingordrivingupahill.That’snormal,and
youdon’thave to buyahigheroctane fuel to getrid of pinging.It’sthe
heavy, constantknockthatmeansyouhaveaproblem.
Whataboutgasolinewithblendingmaterialsthatcontainoxygen,such as
MTBE or alcohol?
MTBE is “methyltertiary-butylether.”Fuelthat is nomorethan 15% MTBE is
fine for your vehicle.
Ethanol is ethylorgrainalcohol.Properly-blendedfuelthat is nomorethan
10% ethanol is fine for your vehicle.
Methanol is methyl orwoodalcohol.
-uelthat is more than 5% methanol is badforyourvehicle.Don’tuse il

’ an corrodemetal parts in your fuel systemandalsodamage plastic
ma rubberparts.Thatdamagewouldn’tbecoveredunderyour Wa-
I Znd even at 5% orless,theremustbe“cosolvent!

Ireventers in this fuel to helpavoidtheseproblem!
Gasolines for Cleaner Air

“ and corrosion
Youruseof gasolinewithdetergentadditiveswill help preventdepositsfrom

forming in yourengineand fuel system.Thathelpskeepyourengine in tune
andyouremissioncontrolsystemworkingproperly.It’sgoodforyourvehicle,
and you’ll be doing your part for cleaner air.
Manygasolinesarenowblendedwithmaterials called oxygenates.General
Motorsrecommendsthatyouusegasolineswiththeseblendingmaterials,
suchasMTBEandethanol.Bydoing so, youcanhelpclean the air,
especially in thoseparts of thecountrythathave high carbonmonoxide
levels.
In addition,somegasolinesuppliersarenowproducingreformulated
gasolines.Thesegasolinesarespeciallydesigned to reducevehicle
emissions.GeneralMotorsrecommendsthatyouusereformulatedgasoline.
By doing so, youcanhelpcleantheair,especiallyinthoseparts of the
countrythathavehighozonelevels.
You shouldaskyourservicestationoperators if their gasolines contain
detergentsandoxygenates,and if theyhavebeenreformulated to reduce
vehicleemissions.
6-5
Fuels in Foreign Countries
If youplanondrivinginanothercountryoutsidethe US. orCanada,
unleadedfuel may behard to find. Do notuseleadedgasoline. If youuse
evenonetankful,youremissioncontrolswon’tworkwell oratall.With
continuoususe,sparkplugscangetfouled,theexhaustsystemcancorrode,
and your engine oil can deteriorate quickly. Your vehicle’s three-way catalytic
converterandoxygensensorwillbedamaged. All ofthatmeanscostly
repairs that wouldn’t be covered by your warranty.
To checkonfuelavailability,askanautoclub,orcontact a majoroil
companythatdoesbusinessinthecountrywhereyou’llbedriving.
Youcan alsowriteusatthefollowingaddressforadvice. Just tell uswhere
you’regoingandgiveyourVehicleIdentificationNumber(VIN).
GeneralMotors of CanadaLimited
InternationalExportSales
P.O. Box 828
Oshawa,Ontario LIH 7N1, Canada
Filling Your Tank
A Gasoline vapor is highlyflammable. It burnsviolently, and that can

causevery bad injuries. Don’t smoke if you’renear g’asoline or
aefuel’ingyourvehicle.Keepsparks,flames,andsmokingmaterials
away I
6-6
Thefuelcapisbehind a hingeddoorontheleftside ofyourvehicle.
To take off thecap,turnitslowlytotheleft(counterclockwise).
CAUTION
If you get gawline on you and then1something1 ignites it, you lcould
be badly burned. Easolli’ne can spray out on youif you open the fuel
filler cap too quickly. This spray can happen if your tank isne,arly
fiulll, andis momrelikely in hot weather. Open the fu~elfiller cap slbwly
an8dwarit for any “’hiss” mise to stop.
unscrew
Then the cap all the way. I
Whenyouputthecapbackon,turn it to therightuntil you hear a clicking

noise.
NOTICE
Checking n i n g s Under the Hood
KO605
6-7
Hood Release
To openthehood,firstpullthehandleinsidethevehicleonthelowerleft
sideoftheinstrumentpanel.Then go tothefront of thevehicleandrelease
thesecondaryhoodrelease.Liftthehood,releasethehoodpropfrom its
retainerandputthehoodpropintotheslotinthehood. Youmay have a
lightthat comesonwhenyouliftthehood.
L
Thing'sthatburn can .get on hotenginepartsand s'hrt a fire.These
includeliqwidslikegasoline,oil, coolant, brakefluid, windshiield
I
washer and .other fluids, and plastic oir rubber. You or others could
be blurned. Be careful not to drop or spill thing.s that will bum onto a
hot eng,ine.
Beforeclosingthehood,besureallthefillercapsare onproperly.Thenlift
thehoodtorelievepressureonthehoodprop.
Removethehoodpropfromtheslotinthehoodandreturntheproptoits
retainer.Thenjust pull thehooddownandclose it firmly.
6-8
I
Engine Oil
It'sagoodidea to checkyourengine oil leveleverytimeyougetfuel.In
order to getanaccuratereading,theoilmustbewarmandthevehiclemust
beonlevelaround.
a
KO609
Turn off theengineandgivetheoilafewminutestodrainbackintotheoil

pan. If youdon't,theoildipstickmightnot show theactuallevel.
6-9
--
*I
KO61 0
. To CheckEngine Oil: Pulloutthedipstickandclean it withapapertowel

orcloth,thenpushitback in allthe way.Removeitagain,keeping thetip
lower.
When to Add Oil: If the oil isatorbelowtheADDline,thenyou’llneed to
addsomeoil.Butyoumustusetherightkind.Thissectionexplainswhat
kind of oil to use.Forcrankcasecapacity,see“CapacitiesandSpecifications”
in theIndex.
NOTICE I
I
Just till it enough to put the levelsomewhere in theproperoperatingrange.
Pushthedipstick all the wayback in whenyou’rethrough.
6-1 0
KO704
What Kind of Oil to Use;

Look for three things:
SG
“SG”mustbeontheoilcontainer,eitherbyitself or combinedwith
otherqualitydesignations,suchas“SG/CC,”“SG/CD,” “SF, SG,CC”,
etc.TheselettersshowAmericanPetroleumInstitute(API)levels of
quality.
NOTICE
6-1 1
.
1
.
----
.. .. SAE 1OW-30
_.
,
...
..
Ib NEITH€H SA€ 5W-30 NOR SAE 1OW-30

GRADE OILS ARE AVAILABLE, SAE 30
GRADE MAY BE USED AT TEMPERATURFS
ABOVE 40 DEGREES F (4 DEGREES C).
DO NOT USE SAE 1OW-40, SAE 20W-50 OL.
ANY OTHER GRADE OIL NOT RECOMMENDED
1
PO344
SAE 5W-30
As shown in this chart, SAE 5W-30isbestforyourvehicle.However,
you can use SAE IOW-30 if it's going to be 0°F (-18°C)or above.
Thesenumbersonan oil container show itsviscosity, or thickness. Do
notuseotherviscosityoilssuchas SAE1OW-40 or SAE2OW-50.
6-1 2
I
EnergyConserving II
Oils with these words on the container will help you save fuel.
Thisdoughnut-shapedlogo(symbol)isused on mostoilcontainers to help
you select the correct oil.
You shouldlookfor this onthe oil container,anduse only thoseoilsthat
display the logo.
GM Goodwrench@ oil (inCanada,GMEngineOil)meets all therequirements
for your vehicle.
Engine Oil Additives:
Don’taddanythingtoyouroil. YourGM dealerisready to advise if youthink
somethingshouldbeadded.
When to Change Engine c ) k
Seeifanyoneoftheseistrueforyou:
Mosttripsarelessthan4miles (6 km).
It’sbelowfreezingoutsideandmosttripsarelessthan 10 miles
(16km).
Theengine is at lowspeedmostofthetime(as in door-to-doordelivery,
or in stop-and-go traffic).
You towatraileroften.
Mosttripsarethroughdustyplaces.
Thevehicle is frequentlyoperatedoff-road.
If anyoneoftheseistrueforyourvehicle,youneedtochangeyour oil and
filter every 3,000 miles (5000 km) or 3 months-whichevercomes first.
If none of them are true, change the oil every 7,500 miles (12 500 km) or
12 months-whichevercomesfirst.Changethefilteratthefirst oil change
and at every other oil change after that.
If your vehicle has 4-wheel drive, you ,will have a remote oil filter located
underthehood. It ismountedtothefrontleftinnerfender,behindthe
headlights.
Engine Block Heater:
Anengineblockheatercanbea big help if youhave to parkoutside in very
coldweather, -0°F (-18°C) or colder. If yourvehiclehasthisoption,see
“EngineBlockHeater” in theIndex.
6-1 3
Service & Appearance Cam
What to Do with Used Oil:
I-A Usedengine oil containsthingsthathavecausedskincancerin

laboratoryanimals.Don’tletused oil stayonyourskinforverylong.
Cleanyourskinandnailswithsoapandwater, or agoodhand
ngine I cleaner.Washorproperlythrowawayclothing
used
or ragscontaining
I
Used oil canbearealthreattotheenvironment. If youchangeyourown oil,
besuretodrain all free-flowing oil from the filter before disposal. Don’t ever
disposeof oil byputting it in thetrash,pouring it ontheground,intosewers,
or intostreams or bodiesofwater.Instead,recycle it bytaking it to a place
thatcollectsusedoil. If youhaveaproblemdisposing ofyourused oil, ask
yourdealer,aservicestation or alocalrecyclingcenterforhelp.
Air Cleaner
I
I
KO618
To removetheroundaircleanerfilterforthe2.5L(VIN A), 2.8L (VIN R), and

4.3L(VIN Z) engines,turnthewingnutcounterclockwise.Removethecover
and change the filter. Care should be taken during reassembly to ensure that
the cover is on straight and the wingnut properly tightened.
To removethesquareaircleanerfilterforthe4.3L(VIN W) high performance
engine,loosenbothwingnuts(oneontheductandoneonthecover).
6-1 4
I
I
PO267
Lifttheaircleanerassemblyupfromthevehicle.Openbothclampsand lift
off cover to change the filter. While reassembling the air cleaner assembly,
ensure that the air cleaner cover tabs are fully inserted into the slots in the
air cleaner housing, the two wingscrews are secure, and the PCV air tube is
properlyseated in thelefthandvalve cover.
Refer to theMaintenanceSchedule to determinewhen to replacetheair
cleanerfilter.See"ScheduledMaintenanceServices'' in theIndex.
I 4
i
Operating thie engine with the air cleaner off cancauseyou or others
to be burned. The air deaner not only cleans the air, it stops filame
I
if the engine backfires. If it isn'tthere, and the englinle backfires, yolu
I
I YOTICE
could beburned. Doin't drivewith it
the enlgine with tiheair cleane:r off.
d and be careful wor'king oin
i g
6-1 5
Automatic Transmission Fluid
When to Check and Change:
A goodtimetocheckyourautomatictransmission fluid leveliswhenthe
engineoilischanged.RefertotheMaintenanceScheduletodeterminewhen
tochangeyourfluid.See“ScheduledMaintenanceServices”intheIndex.
How to Check:
Becausethisoperationcanbealittledifficult,youmaychoosetohavethis
doneat adealershipServiceDepartment.
Ifyou do ityourself,besuretofollowalltheinstructionshere,oryoucould
getafalsereadingonthedipstick.
I NOTICE
Waitatleast 30minutesbeforechecking the transmissionfluidlevel if you

havebeendriving:
Whenoutsidetemperaturesareabove 90°F (32°C).
At highspeedforquiteawhile.
Inheavytraffic-especially in hot weather.
Whilepullingatrailer.
To gettherightreading,thefluidmustbeatnormaloperatingtemperature,
whichis180°Fto200°F(82°C to 93°C).
To checktransmissionfluid hot: Getthevehiclewarmedupbydriving
about 15 miles (24 km)whenoutsidetemperaturesareabove 50°F (10°C). If
it’scolderthen 50°F (IO’C), drivethevehicle in D (3rd gear)untilthe
temperaturegagemovesandthenremainssteadyfortenminutes.Then
follow the hot check procedures.
To checktransmissionfluid cold: A coldcheckismadeafterthevehicle
hasbeensittingforeighthoursormorewiththeengine offand isused only
as a reference.Lettheenginerunatidleforfiveminutes if outside
temperaturesare 50°F (10°C) or more. If it’scolderthan50°F (lO°C), you
mayhavetoidletheenginelonger. A hotcheckmustfollowwhenfluidis
addedduringacoldcheck.
6-1 6
I
To check the fluid hot or cold:
Parkyourvehicleonalevelplace.
Placetheshiftleverin P (Park)withtheparkingbrakeapplied.
Withyour foot onthebrakepedal,move the shiftleverthrougheach
gearrange,pausingforaboutthreeseconds in eachrange.Then,
position theshiftlever in P (Park).
Let theenginerunat idle for three minutesormore.
Then,withoutshutting off the engine, follow these steps:
NO031
1. Pulloutthedipstickandwipe it withacleanrag orpapertowel.
I------
PO164
6-1 7
If youhavea4.3Lengine,youwillhaveaflip-tophandle.Flipthe
handleupandthenpulloutthedipstickandwipe it cleanwitharagor
paper towel.
2. Pushitback in allthe way,wait threesecondsandthenpullitbackout
again.Fliptophandleshouldremaininopenposition.
PO165
3. Checkbothsides of thedipstick,andreadthelowerlevel.Thefluid
level mustbeintheCOLDareaforacoldcheckor in theHOTareaor
cross-hatched area for a hot check.
4. If thefluid.leveliswhereitshouldbe,pushthedipstickbackin all the
way.
If youhaveaflip-tophandle,flipthehandledown to lock it inplace.
How To Add Fluid:
Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine what kind of transmission
fluidtouse.See“RecommendedFluidsandLubricants”intheIndex.
If thefluidlevelis low, addonlyenoughoftheproperfluidtobringthelevel
up to theCOLDareaforacoldcheckortheHOTareaforahotcheck. It
doesn’ttakemuchfluid,generallylessthanapint.Don’toverfill. We
recommendyouuseonlyfluidlabeledDEXRON@lIE,becausefluidswiththat
labelaremadeespeciallyforyourautomatictransmission.Damagecausedby
fluidotherthanDEXRON@IIEisnotcoveredbyyournewvehiclewarranty.
Afteraddingfluid,recheckthefluidlevelasdescribedunder“How To
Check”.
Whenthecorrectfluidlevelisobtained,pushthedipstickbackin all the
way. Flipthehandledown if youhaveaflip-tophandle.
6-1 8
1
Manual Transmission Fluid
When to Check:
A goodtimetohaveitcheckediswhentheengineoilischanged.However,
thefluidinyourmanualtransmissiondoesn’trequirechanging.
How to Check:
Becausethisoperationcanbealittledifficult,you maychoosetohavethis
doneata GM dealershipServiceDepartment.
If you do ityourself,besuretofollowalltheinstructionshere,oryoucould
getafalsereading.
Checkthefluidlevelonlywhenyourengineisoff,thevehicle is parked on a
levelplaceandthetransmissioniscoolenoughforyoutorestyourfingers
onthetransmissioncase.
Then, follow these steps:
PO336
1. Removethefillerplug.
2. Checkthatthelubricantlevel is up to thebottomofthefillerplughole.
3. If thefluidlevelisgood,installtheplugandbesureit is fullyseated. If
thefluidlevelis low, add morefluidasdescribed in thenextsteps.
6-1 9
Service & Amearance Cam
How to Add Fluid:
Here’show to addfluid.Refer to theMaintenanceScheduletodetermine
what kind of fluidto use.See“RecommendedFluidsandLubricants”inthe
Index.
1.Removethefillerplug.
2. Add fluidatthefillerplughole. Add onlyenoughfluidtobringthefluid
leveluptothebottom ofthefillerplughole.
3. Installtheplug.Besureitisfullyseated.
Hydraulic Clutch
Thehydraulicclutchinyourvehicleisself-adjusting. A slightamountofplay
[1/4 (6 mm)-112 inch(13mm)]inthepedalisnormal.
When to Check and What to Use:
PO257 I
RefertotheMaintenanceScheduletodeterminehowoftenyoushouldcheck
thefluidlevelinyourclutchmastercylinderreservoirandwhat to add.See
“OwnerChecksandServices”and“RecommendedFluidsandLubricants”in
theIndex.
How to Check:
Theproperfluidshouldbeadded if theleveldoesnotreachthebottom of
thediaphragmwhen it’sinplaceinthereservoir.Seethe instructions onthe
reservoir cap.
6-20
Rear Axle
When to Check and Change Lubricant:
Refer to theMaintenanceSchedule to determinehow often to checkthe
lubricantandwhen to changeit.See“ScheduledMaintenanceServices” in
theIndex.
How to Check Lubricant:
KO996
If the level is belowthebottom of thefillerplughole,you’llneed to add

somelubricant.Addenoughlubricant to raisethelevel to thebottom of the
filler plug hole.
What to Use:
Refer to the MaintenanceSchedule to determinewhatkind of lubricant to
use.See“RecommendedFluidsandLubricants” in theIndex.
Four- Wheel Drive
Mostlubricantchecks in thissectionalsoapply to four-wheeldrivevehicles.
However, theyhavetwoadditionalsystemsthatneedlubrication.
Transfer Case
When to Check Lubricant:
Refer to theMaintenanceSchedule to determinehowoften to checkthe
lubricant.See“PeriodicMaintenanceInspections” in the Index.
6-21
.. .
.-
,-
.. .
_..
I-
-
KO997
If the level is belowthebottomofthefillerplughole,you’llneedtoadd

somelubricant. Add enoughlubricanttoraisetheleveltothebottom of the
filler plug hole.
What to Use:
Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine what kind of lubricant to
use.See“RecommendedFluidsandLubricants”intheIndex.
Front Axle
When to Check and Change Lubricant:
RefertotheMaintenanceScheduletodeterminehowoftentocheckthe
lubricantandwhentochangeit.See“ScheduledMaintenanceServices”in
theIndex.
6-22
I
i
KO998
If thelevelisbelowthebottom of thefillerplughole,you’llneed to add

somelubricant.
If the differential is atoperatingtemperature(warm),addenoughlubricantto
raise the level to the bottom of the filler plug hole.
If thedifferentialiscold,addenoughlubricant to raisethelevel to 1/2inch
(12 mm)belowthefillerplughole.
What to Use:
Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine what kind of lubricant to
use.See“RecommendedFluidsandLubricants”intheIndex.
Engine Coolant
Thefollowingexplainsyourcoolingsystemandhow to addcoolantwhen it is
low. If youhave a problemwithengineoverheating,see“Engine
Overheating’’ in theIndex.
The proper coolant for your vehicle will:
Givefreezingprotectiondownto-20°F (-29°C) or -34°F(-37°C)for
Canadian vehicles and vehicles with the cold climate option.
Giveboilingprotectionup to 258°F (125°C).
Protectagainstrustandcorrosion.
Helpkeep the properenginetemperature.
Letthewarninglights and gagesworkastheyshould.
6-23
t
What to Use:
Useamixture of cleanwater(preferablydistilled)andantifreezethatmeets
“GMSpecification6038-M,” whichwon’tdamagealuminumparts.Alsouse
GMEngineCoolantSupplement(sealer)with a completecoolantchange.If
youusethese,youdon’tneed to addanythingelse.
I
Addingonly plain water to yourcoolingsystemcanbedangerous.
- Plain water,orsomeother liquidlikealcohol,canboilbeforethe
proper coolant mix will. Your vehicle’s coolant warning system is set
for the proper coolant mix. With plain water or thewrongmix,your
engine could get too hot but you wouldn’t get the overheat warning.
Yourengine couldcatchfireandyou orotherscouldbeburned.Use
I a 50/50 mix of clean waterandaproperantifreeze.
NOTICE
useanimpropercoolantmix,yourenginecouldoverheatand
J be
badly damaged. The repair cost wouldn’t be covered by your warranty
..-
muchwater in the mixcanfreezeandcracktheengine,radiator,hea
. I core and other part
Someconditions,suchasairtrapped in thecoolingsystem,canaffectthe
coolantlevelintheradiator.Checkthecoolantlevelwhentheengineiscold
and follow the steps under “Adding Coolant” for the proper way to add
coolant.
If youhave to add coolant more than four times a year, have your dealer
check your cooling system.
’‘ you use the proper coolant, you don’thave to add extra inhibitors c-
auditiveswhichclaim to improvethesystem.Thesecanbeharmful.
~ ~~~~~
6-24
Adding Coolant
KO625
To CheckCoolant:Whenyourengine is cold,thecoolantlevelshouldbeat
ADD, ora little higher.Whenyourengine is warm, thelevelshouldbe up to
FULL HOT, ora little higher.
To Add Coolant: If youneedmorecoolant,addthepropermixatthe
coolantrecoverytank.
Turningtheradiatorpressurecapwhentheengineandradiatorare
A hotcanallowsteamandscaldingliquids to blowoutandburnyou
badly.With thecoolantrecoverytank,youwillalmostneverhaveto
addcoolantattheradiator. Never turn theradiatorpressure
cap-evenalittle-when theengineandradiatorarehot.
Add coolantmixattherecoverytank,butbecarefulnottospillit.
You canbeburned if youspillcoolantonhotengineparts.Coolant

A containsethyleneglycol,and it willburn if theenginepartsarehot
enough.Don’tspillcoolantonahotengine.
6-25
Radiator Pressure Cap
KO721
Whenyoureplaceyourradiatorpressurecap,an AC@ capisrecommended.

See“ServiceReplacementPartandFilterRecommendations” in theIndex.
Thermostat
Engine coolant temperature is controlled by a thermostat in the engine coolant
system.Thethermostatstopsthe flow of coolant through the radiator until the
coolant reaches a preset.temperature.
Whenyoureplaceyourthermostat,an AC@ thermostat is recommended.
6-26
Power Steering Fluid
How To Check Power Steering Fluid:

Unscrewthecapandwipethedipstickwithacleanrag.Replacethecap
andcompletelytighten it. Thenremovethecapagainandlookat the fluid
level on thedipstick.
Whentheenginecompartment is hot,thelevelshouldbeatthe HOT
mark.
Whentheenginecompartment is cool,thelevelshouldbe at the FULL
COLDmark.
What to Add:
Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine what kind of fluid to use.
See“RecommendedFluids and Lubricants”intheIndex.
NOTICE
6-27
Windshield Washer Fluid
To Add:
Openthecaplabeled WASHER FLUID ONLY. Addwasher fluiduntilthe

bottle is full.
6-28
Brake Master Cylinder
Your brakemastercylinder is here. It is filled with DOT-3 brakefluid.
PO775
So, it isn’ta good idea to “top off” yourbrakefluid.Addingbrake fluid won’t

correctaleak. If youaddfluidwhenyourliningsareworn,thenyou’llhave
too much fluid whenyougetnewbrakelinings.Youshouldadd(orremove)
brakefluid,asnecessary,onlywhenwork is doneonthebrakehydraulic
system.
Ifyouhavetoomuchbrakefluid, it canspill on theengine.Thefluid

will burn if theengineishotenough.Youorothers could be burned,
andyourvehiclecould bedamaged.Addbrake fluidonly whenwork
system.
hydraulic
brake the onis done I
RefertotheMaintenanceSchedule to determinewhen to checkyourbrake
fluid.See“PeriodicMaintenanceInspections” in theIndex.
6-29
To Check Brake Fluid:
You can check the brake fluid without taking off the cap. Just look at the
windowsonthebrake fluid reservoir.Thefluidlevelsshouldbeabove MIN. If
theyaren’t,haveyourbrakesystemchecked to see if thereisaleak.
Afterworkisdoneonthebrakehydraulicsystem,makesurethelevelsare
above MIN andbelowthetop ofeachwindow.
What To Add
Whenyou do needbrakefluid,useonlyDOT-3brakefluid-suchasDelco
Supreme 11 (GMPart No. 1052535). Usenewbrake fluid fromasealed
@
container only.
Replacing Brake System Parts

Thebrakingsystemonamodernvehicle is complex. Its many partshave to
beof top quality and work well together if the vehicle is to have really good
braking. Vehicleswe designandtesthavetop-quality GMbrake parts in
them,asyourvehicledoeswhen it isnew.Whenyoureplace parts of your
braking system-forexample,whenyourbrake linings weardownandyou
have to havenewonesputin-besureyougetnewgenuineGM
replacementparts. If youdon’t,yourbrakesmaynolongerworkproperly.For
example, if someoneputs in brakeliningsthatarewrongforyourvehicle,the
balancebetweenyourfrontandrearbrakescanchange,fortheworse.The
brakingperformanceyou’vecome to expectcanchange in many other ways
if someoneputs in thewrongreplacementbrakeparts.
Fluid Leak Check
Afterthevehiclehasbeenparkedforawhile,inspectthesurfaceunderthe
vehicle for water, oil, fuel or otherfluids.Waterdrippingfromtheair
conditioningsystemafter it hasbeenused is normal.Ifyou noticefuelleaks
orfumes, thecausesshouldbefoundandcorrectedatonce.
6-30
. ..
Battery
EverynewGMvehiclehasaDelcoFreedombattery. You neverhavetoadd
watertooneofthese.When it’s timeforanewbattery,werecommenda
DelcoFreedombattery.Getonethathasthecatalognumbershown on the
originalbattery’slabel.
Vehicle Storage
If you’re not going to drive your vehicle for 25 daysormore,take off the
black,negative (-) cablefromthebattery.Thiswillhelpkeepyourbattery
fromrunningdown.
Batterieshaveacidthatcanburnyouandgasthatcanexplode. Yo1
canbebadlyhurt if youaren’tcareful.See“JumpStarting” in the
Indexfortipsonworkingaroundabatterywithoutgettinghurt.
Contact your dealer to learn how to prepare your vehicle for longer storage
periods.Formoreinformation,contactyourdealer’sservicedepartment,or
write to:
Adistra Corporation
171HamiltonStreet
Plymouth,MI48170
In Canada,writeto:
GeneralMotors ofCanada, Limited
CustomerServicesDepartment
Oshawa,Ontario L I J 526 Canada
Bulb Replacement
Halogen Bulbs
CAUTION
IA Halogen bulbs have pressurized gas inside and can burst
halogen
bulbs.
disposing
handling
ofwhen
and
Beforeyoureplaceanybulbs,besurethata
if y ~ drop
u
or scratch the bulb. You or others could be injured.Takespecialcare
I
engineisn’trunning.
6-31
Headlights
KO993
1. Removethefourscrewsfromtheheadlightretainer.
2. Pull theheadlight out andremovetheretainer.
3. Unplugtheheadlight.
4. Pluginthe new bulbandput it inplace.
5. Installtheretainer to theheadlight.
6. Installthescrews.
Front ParkingfTurn Signal Lights
KO663
1. Reachunderandbehindtheparkingkurnsignallightassembly.
6-32
i
2. Turn the socketcounterclockwiseand pull itout.
3. Turn the bulbcounterclockwiseandpullitout of thesocket.
4. Putthenewbulbinthesocketandturn it clockwiseuntilit is tight.
5. Putthesocketbackinto the assemblyandturnthesocketclockwise
untilitlocksinplace.
Rear Lights
KO635
1. Openthetailgate.
2. Removethescrewsfromthelightassembly.
3. Pull theassemblyawayfromthefender.
4. Turnthesocketcounterclockwise to remove it. .If the sockethasatab,
push the tab in whileyouturn the socket.
5. Turn the bulbcounterclockwise to remove it.
6. Putthenewbulbinto the socketandturnthebulbclockwise.
7. Putthesocketintothelightassemblyandturnthesocketclockwiseuntil
it locks in place.
8. Installthelightassemblyandscrews.
9. Close thetailgate.
6-33
Other Maintenance Items
Hydraulic Clutch Grease Fitting
If youhavethe 4.3L (VIN code Z) enginewithamanualtransmission,a
grease fitting is on the clutch housing for lubricating the clutch fork ball stud.
RefertotheMaintenanceScheduleforinformationonhowtolubricatethe
clutchhousing,andwhattypeoflubricanttouse.Besurenottoover-fill
becauseyoucould damage yourclutch.
Front Suspension and Steering Linkage
Refer to theMaintenanceSchedule to determinehowoftentolubricatethe
fittingsandwhattypeoflubricanttouse.
Front Wheel Bearings (Two-Wheel Drive)
If yourvehicleistwo-wheeldrive,ithaswheelbearingsthatmustbecleaned
andrepacked.
Refer to theMaintenanceSchedule to determinehowoftenthismustbe
done.
Single Belt Accessory Drive
Yournewvehicleusesaserpentinebeltthat is lighter,andmoredurablethan
systemswithseveralbelts.
The belt runs over or around the pulleys on theengine. A tensioner is used
to keep the belt tight at all times.Thetensioneralsomakesreplacingthe
belteasier. If youneedtoreplacethebelt,besuretogetthecorrect
replacementbelt.Yourdealershiporpartssuppliercanhelpyouwiththis.
TheAccessoryDriveBeltRoutinglabelonyourvehiclewillshowyouhowto
route the belt your vehicle uses.
6-34
Windshield Wiper Blade Inserts
.. i. KO637
. , '
:-, ;iyy ?-is;+;.-,. . &!!f$i& . l'jf:.
j<-:q;* j';gi3f47!:;I'
, . ..
b,(..;',$<t&..YT:i;; ;.l:z~ .''! ..' :.. y.?;i'!g.tyz
o rep ace your wlndshleld wiper blade inserts, lift the wiper arm away from
thewindshield.Pinchthe two tabsonthewiperarmandslidetheinsertout
of thebl'ade.Slidethenewone in place.Makesure the tabsarelockedinto
position.
Air Conditioning
Every now and then have your dealership check your alr conditioning system
to besureithasnotlostanycoolingability. If youthinkthesystemisnot
workingprope'rly,haveyourdealershipcheck it outassoonaspossible.
The air conditioning will not work when the temperature is below 40°F (4°C).
Lubrication
Accelerator Control System
Refer to theMaintenanceSchedule to determinehowoftentheaccelerator
linkage pivot points must be lubricated and what type of lubricant to use.
Acceleratorcablesandcruisecontrolcablesshouldnotbelubricated.Any
cablesthatarewornorarehard to pullshouldbereplaced.
Whencleaningtheenginecompartmentwithwaterorsteam,avoiddirecting
theflowonto the throffle linkage in a manner that would cause moisture to
enter the cables.
The sBat adjustersandseattrackshouldbelubricatedwithchassisgrease.
Doorweatherstripsandrubberhoodbumpersshouldbewipedcleanwitha
wet clothandlightlycoatedwith a rubberlubricant.
Neverusetoomuch of anylubricantand be-sure towipeupanyextra
lubricant when you are finished.
Windowregulatorsandcontrolsareinsidethe doors. Theyarelubricatedwith
alonglastinggrease. If lubricali'on is.re.quiredyourdealershauld performthis
service.
RefertotheMaintenanceScheduletodeterminehowoftentolubricatethese
itemsandwhattypeoflubricant to use.
Tailgate Handle
The tailgate handle pivot points on your vehicle should belubricate-d to keep
thehandleworkingsmoothly.
6-36
d
Refer to theMaintenanceScheduletodeterminehowoften to lubricatethem
andwhattype of lubricant to use.
Exhaust System
To helppreventdamagetoyourexhaustsystem,donotcontinue to drive
yourvehicleifyounotice:
Enginemisfiring
* Loss of performance
Otherunusualoperatingconditions
Haveyourengineandexhaustsystemservicedregularly.
Three- Way Catalytic Converter
Your vehicle’s three-way catalytic converter is designed to reduce the
pollutantsinyourvehicle’sexhaust.Useonlyunleadedfuelinyourvehicle. If
youuseleadedfuel,youcoulddamageyourthree-waycatalyticconverter,
andotherenginecomponents.
TheMalfunctionIndicator(SERVICEENGINESOON)lamponyour
instrumentpanelletsyouknowwhenyouremissionsystemneedsservice.
Thelightwillcomeonbrieflywhenyoustartyourengine to letyouknow
thatthesystemisworking. If itdoesnotcomeonwhenyoustartyour
engine,or if itcomesonandstaysonwhileyou’redriving,yoursystemmay
needservice. Your vehicleshouldstillbedriveable,butyoushouldhaveyour
systemservicedrightaway.
6-37
Loading Your Vehicle
K3651
The CertificationRire label is found on the drive~r's door lockpillar.Thelabel

shows t'he size ofyour original t'ires and the inflation pressu8resne-eded to
obtain the gross vehicle weight capac-ity of your vehicle. This is called the
GVWR(GrossVehicleWeightRating). The- GVWRincludes the weightof the
vehlicle, alloccupants,fuelandcargo.
The Certifi'cationKtre label also tells you the maximumweights for the front
and rear axles, calledGross Axle WeightRating(GAWR). To find out the
actual loads onyourfrontandrearaxles,youneedtogo to aweighstation
and weigh your vehicle. Yourdealercan help you with this. Be sure to
spreadoutyour load equally on both sides of the centerline.
NeverexceedtheGVWRforyourvehicle,ortheGrossAxleWeightRating
(GAWR) for either the front or rear axle.
And, if you do haveaheavyload,youshouldspread it out.
I CAUTION
In caseofasuddenstoporcollision,thingscarriedinthebedof
I[ I
your truck
should
!could shift forward and come into the passenger area
injuring you orothers. If youputthings in thebed ofyour truck,
properly
are
make
they
sure
secured. 1
6-38
CAUTION
Do not load your vehidle any heavier than tRle GVWR or tlhe
maximum front and rear GAWRs. If you do, parts on your vehicle
can break,or it can change the way yolur vehicle hand;les. These
could cause you to lose eonltrol. Also, overloading can shorten the
I
life of your vehicle.
I
Usingheaviersuspensioncomponents to getaddeddurabilitymightnot
I
I
-
change your weight ratings. Ask your dealer
rightway.
m
NOriCE
to help you load your vehicle the
IIyou putthingsinsideyourvehicle-likesuitcases, tools, packages,or

anythingelse-they will goasfastasthevehiclegoes. If youhave to stop
or turnquickly, or if thereis a crash,they’llkeepgoing.
1 CAUTION
A 1Things you gut inside your vehicle can strike and injure people in a
sudden stop or turn, or tia a ‘crash.
* Put thingsinthecargoarea of yourvehicle.Try to spreadthe
weight evenly.
Neverstackheavierthings,likesuitcases,insidethevehicle so
that some of them are above the tops of the seats.
0 Whenyou carry somethinginsidethevehicle,secure it
whenever you can;
Don’t leave a seatfoldeddownunless you need to.
Payload
ThePayloadCapacityisshownonthe Certificationnire label.This is the
maximum load capacity that your vehicle can carry. Besuretoincludethe
weight of thepeopleinsideaspart ofyourload. If youaddedany
accessories or equipment after your vehicle left the factory, remember to
subtract the weight of these things from the payload. Your dealer can help
you with this.
6-39
Trailering Package
If yourvehiclecomeswiththeTraileringPackage,thereis also a load rating
whichincludestheweightofthevehicle and the trailer it tows.Thisratingis
calledtheGrossCombinationWeightRating(GCWR).
Whenyouweighyourtrailer,besure to include the weightof everything you
put in it.And,rememberto figuretheweight of thepeopleinsideaspart of
yourload.
Yourdealercanhelpyou?-‘ermineyourGCWR.
.-
..
.. .-
- .
-.
-. .
Truck-Camper Loading Information
PO338
Open your glovebox and look for this label:

Thislabelwilltellyouhowmuch of a loadyourvehiclecancarry,andhow
to spreadoutyourloadtheright way. Also, it willhelpyoumatchtheright
slide-in camper to your vehicle.
Whenyoucarryaslide-incamper,thetotalcargoloadofyourvehicleisthe
weightofthecamper, plus:
everythingelseaddedtothecamperafteritleftthefactory;
everything in thecamper;and
all thepeopleinside.
TheCargoWeightRating(CWR)isthemaximumweight of theloadyour
vehiclecancarry. It doesn’tincludetheweightofthepeopleinside.But,you
canfigureabout 150 poundsforeachseat.
Thetotalcargoloadmustnotbemorethanyourvehicle’s CWR.
6-41
I
TRUCK
LOADING
INFORMATION
EXAMPLE OF PROPER
TRUICK
ANDCAMPERMATCH
1 . Recommended location
for
cargo 7. Camper
center of gravity.
center of gravity
for
cargo
weight 2. Recommended center of gravity
(Pickup
rating Truck). K-L.<:- location zone.
--
Note: Userearedge of load floor : .‘$Ti: * .Refer to Truck Camper Loading
.Y
-
%!,
for measurement purposes. Information

label
in
glove
box for
“A” and “B” dimensions.
PO254
Thecamper’scenterofgravityshould fall within the center of gravity zone for

your vehicle’s cargo load.
Youmustweighanyaccessories, trailer hitches orotherequipmentyouadd
to your vehicle. Then, subtract this extra weight from the CWR, This extra
weight may shotten the center of gravity zone for your vehicle. Your dealer
canhelpyouwiththis.
Ifyourslide-incamperandits load weighlessthanthe CWR, the center of
gravity zone for your vehicle may be larger.
Your dealer can help you make a goodvehicle-campermatch.He’llalsohelp
youdetermineyourCWR.
Afteryou’veloadedyourvehicleandcamper,drive to a weigh station and
weighonthefrontandrearwheelsseparately.Thiswill tell you the loadson
your axles. The loads on the front and rear axles shouldn’t be more than
either of the GAWRs. The total of the axie..loads should not be more than
the GVWR.
Open your driver’s door and look at the door lock pillar for the
CertificationKire label to find out your GWAR andGWVR.
If you’vegoneoveryourweightratings,moveortakeoutsome things until
all theweights fall belowtheratings. Of course,youshouldalways tie down
any loose items when you load your vehicle or camper.
Whenyouinstalland load yourslide-incamper,checkthemanufacturer’s
instructions.
6-42
If you wantmore informationoncurbweights,cargoweights,cargoweight
rating and the correct center of gravity zone for your vehicle, your dealer can
help you. Just ask for a copy of“Consumer Information,TruckCamper
Loading.”
Pickup Conversion fo Chassis Cab
GeneralMotors is awarethatsomevehicleownersmayconsiderhavingthe
pickup boxremovedandacommercialorrecreationalbodyinstalled.Before
youdo so, first contact the GMZoneOfficeforyourareaforinformationon
suchconversions.(Seethe“WarrantyandOwnerAssistance”bookletfor
ZoneOffice.)Ownersshouldbeawarethat,asmanufactured,there are
differencesbetweenachassiscabandapickupwiththeboxremovedwhich
may affect vehicle safety. The components necessary to adaptthepickup to
permititssafeusewithaspecializedbodyshouldbeinstalledbyabody
builder in accordancewiththeinformationavailablefrom the ZoneOffice.
Tires
We don’tmaketires. Yournew vehiclecomeswith high qualitytiresmade by
aleading tire manufacturer.These tires arewarrantedbythe tire
manufacturersandtheirwarranties are deliveredwitheverynewvehicle.If
yourspare tire is adifferent brand thanyourroadtires,youwillhaveatire
warranty folder from each of these manufacturers.
4 Poorlymaintainedandimproperlyused tires aredangerous.

Overloadingyourtirescancauseoverheatingasaresult of too
muchfriction. You couldhaveanair-outandaseriousaccide
See“Loading Your Vehicle” in theIndex.
Underinflatedtirespose the samedangerasoverloadedtires.
Theresultingaccident could causeseriousinjury.Checkalltires
frequentlytomaintaintherecommendedpressure.Tirepressure
cold.
checked
are
should
tires
be
when
your I
Overinflatedtiresaremorelikely to becut,punctured, orbroken
by suddenimpactsuchaswhenyouhitapothole.Keeptires ar
therecommendedpressure.
I
Worn, old tirescancauseaccidents. If yourtread is badly worn, I
or if yourtireshavebeendamaged,replacethem.
Don’tdriveover85 mph(135km/h)even if it’slegal,unlessyou
have the correct high speedratedtires.
6-43
Inflation-Tire Pressure
TheCertification/Tirelabel,whichisonthedriver’sdoorlockpillar,showsthe
correctinflationpressuresforyourtires,whenthey’recold.“Cold’’meansyour
vehiclehasbeensittingforatleastthreehoursordrivennomorethana
mile.
I NOTICE I
When to Check:Checkyourtiresonceamonthormore.Don’tforgetyour
compactsparetire(if so equipped).Itshouldbeat 60 psi (420 kPa).
How to Check:Use a goodqualitypocket-typegagetochecktirepressure.
Simplylookingatthetireswillnottellyouthepressure,especially if you
haveradialtires-whichmay l’ook properlyinflatedeven if they’re
underinflated.
If yourtireshavevalvecaps,besure to putthembackon.Theyhelp
preventleaksbykeepingoutdirtandmoisture.
Ere lnspection and Rotation
To makeyourtireslastlonger,havetheminspectedandrotatedatthe
mileagesrecommendedintheMaintenanceSchedule.SeeScheduled
MaintenanceServicesintheIndex.
6-44
K2655
Usethisrotationpattern. Do notinclude“compactsparetire” in rotation, if so

equipped.
If your vehicle has front tires with different load ratings or tread designs (such
asallseasonvs.on/offroad)thanthereartires,don’trotateyourtiresfront
to rear.
If youhavestyledsteeloraluminumwheels,yourspareisfull-sized,butits
appearance will not match your other wheels.
Afterthetireshavebeenrotated,adjustthefrontandrearinflationpressure
asshownontheCertificationRirelabel.Makecertainthat all wheelnutsare
properlytightened.See“WheelNutTorque”intheIndex.
A Rustordirtonawheel,oronthepartstowhich
makethewheelnutsbecomelooseafteratime.Thewheelcould
comeoff and causeanaccident.Whenyouchange
it is fastened,can
a wheel,remove
anyrustordirtfromplaceswherethewheelattachestothevehicle.
In anemergency,youcanuseaclothorpapertowelto do this;but
besure to useascraperorwirebrushlater, ifyouneedto,toget
all therustordirtoff.(See“ChangingaFlatTire”intheIndex.)
6-45
When It’s Time for New Tires
K1656
Oneway to tell when it’s time for new tires is to check the treadwear
indicators,whichwillappearwhenyourtireshaveonly 2/32 inch (1.6 mm) or
less of treadremaining.
You needanewtire if:
You canseetheindicatorsatthreeplacesaroundthetire.
You cansee cord orfabricshowingthroughthetire’srubber.
Thetread or sidewall is cracked,cutorsnaggeddeepenoughtoshow
cord or fabric.
Thetirehasabump,bulgeorsplit.
Thetirehasapuncture,cut,orotherdamagethatcan’tberepaired
becauseofthesize or location of the damage.
Buying New Eres
To find out what kind and size of tires you need, look at the CertificationRire
label. The tires installed on your vehicle when it wasmew had a Tire
PerformanceCriteriaSpecification(TPCSpec)numberoneachtire’ssidewall.
Whenyougetnewtires,getoneswiththatsameTPCSpecnumber.That
way, your vehicle will continue to havetiresthataredesignedtogiveproper
endurance,handling,speedrating,traction,rideandotherthingsduring
normalserviceonyourvehicle. If yourtireshaveanall-seasontreaddesign,
theTPCnumber will befollowedbya “MS” (formudandsnow).
6-46
Ifyoueverreplaceyourtireswiththosenothaving a TPC Specnumber,
makesuretheyarethesamesize,loadrange,speedratingandconstruction
type(bias,bias-beltedorradial)asyouroriginaltires.
Mixing tires could cause you to lose control while driving. If you mix
tires of different types (like radial and bias-belted tires) the vehicle
may nlot handleproperly,an'dyou could have a cras'h.Besureto
use the same size 'and type tires on all four wheels.
It's all right to drive with your compact spare (ifyou have one). It
I was developedforuseonyourvehicle.
Uniform Tire Quality Grading

ThefollowinginformationrelatestothesystemdevelopedbytheUnited
States National Highway Traffic Safety Administration which grades tires by
treadwear,tractionandtemperatureperformance.(Thisappliesonlyto
vehicles sold intheUnitedStates.)
Treadwear
Thetreadweargradeis a comparativeratingbasedonthewearrate of the
tire whentestedundercontrolledconditionson a specifiedgovernmenttest
course. For example, a tire graded 150 wouldwearoneand a half (1-1/2)
timesaswellonthegovernmentcourseas a tire graded 100. Therelative
performance of tiresdependsupontheactualconditions of theiruse,
however,andmaydepartsignificantlyfromthenormduetovariationsin
drivinghabits,servicepracticesanddifferencesinroadcharacteristicsand
climate.
Traction-A, B, C
Thetractiongrades,fromhighesttolowestare: A, B, and C. Theyrepresent
thetire'sabilitytostopon wetpavementasmeasuredundercontrolled
conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphaltandconcrete. A
tiremarked C mayhavepoortractionperformance.
Warning:Thetractiongradeassignedtothis tire isbasedonbraking
(straight-ahead)tractiontestsanddoesnotincludecornering(turning)traction.
Temperature-A, B, C
Thetemperaturegradesare A (the highest), B, and C, representingthetire's
resistance to the generation of heatanditsabilitytodissipateheatwhen
testedundercontrolledconditions on a specifiedindoorlaboratorytest wheel,
Sustainedhightemperaturecancausethematerial of thetire to degenerate
andreduce tire life, andexcessivetemperaturecanleadtosuddentire
6-47
failure.Thegrade C corresponds to alevel ofperformancewhich all
passengercartiresmustmeetundertheFederalMotorVehicleSafety
Standard No. 109. Grades B and A representhigherlevels of performance on
thelaboratorytestwheelthantheminimumrequiredby law.
Warning:Thetemperaturegradeforthistireisestablishedforatirethat is
properlyinflatedandnotoverloaded.Excessivespeed,underinflation,or
excessiveloading,eitherseparatelyor in combination,cancause heat buildup
and possible tire failure.
Thesegradesaremoldedonthesidewallsofpassengercartires.
WhilethetiresavailableasstandardoroptionalequipmentonGeneralMotors
vehicles mayvary withrespect to thesegrades, all suchtiresmeetGeneral
MotorsperformancestandardsandhavebeenapprovedforuseonGeneral
Motorsvehicles. All passengertype (P Metric)tiresmustconform to Federal
safetyrequirements in addition to thesegrades.
Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance
Thewheelsonyourvehiclewerealignedandbalancedcarefully ar IT.-
factory to give you thelongesttire life andbestoverallperformance.
In mostcases,youwillnotneed to haveyourwheelsalignedagain.
However, if younoticeunusualtirewearoryourvehiclepullingonewayor
theother,thealignmentmayneed to bereset.Ifyounoticeyourvehicle
vibrating when drivingonasmoothroad,yourwheelsmayneed to be
rebalanced.
Wheel Replacement
Replaceanywheelthat is bent,crackedorbadlyrusted.Ifwheelnutskeep
comingloose,thewheel,wheelbolts,andwheelnutsshouldbereplaced.If
thewheelleaksairout,replace it (exceptsomealuminumwheels,whichcan
sometimesberepaired).SeeyourGMdealer if anyofthese conditionsexist.
Yourdealerwillknowthekindofwheelyouneed.
Eachnewwheelshouldhavethesameloadcarryingcapacity,diameter,
width,offset,andbemountedthesamewayastheone it replaces.
If youneed to replaceanyofyourwheels,wheel bolts, orwheelnuts,
replacethemonlywith new GM originalequipmentparts.This way, youwill
besureyouhavetherightwheel,wheelbolts,andwheelnutsforyour
vehicle.
6-48
I
-nu II U l Y
1A Usingthewrongreplacementwheels,wheelbolts,orwheelnutson
yourvehiclecan be dangerous. It couldaffectthebrakingand
handling ofyourvehicle,makeyour tiresloseairandmakeyoulose
control. You couldhaveacollisioninwhichyouorotherscouldbe
injured.Alwaysusethecorrectwheel,wheelbolts,andwheelnuts
forreplacement.
NOTICE I
I
Puttingausedwheelonyourvehicle is dangerous. You can’tknow
A howit’sbeenusedorhowmanymilesit’sbeendriven.
suddenlyandcauseanaccident.Ifyouhavetoreplace
It couldfail
a wheel, use
anew GM originalequipmentwheel.
Tire Chains
6-49
Appearance Care
-
KO640
.I C A I lTlnN
Cleaningproductscanbedangerous.Somearetoxic.Otherscan
burstintoflame if youstrikeamatchorgetthemonahotpart of
the vehicle.Somearedangerous if youbreathetheirfumes in a
closedspace.Whenyouuseanything in acontainer to cleanyour
vehicle,besure to followtheinstructions.Andalwaysopenyour
doorsorwindowswhenyou’recleaningtheinside.
Never usethese to clean your vehicle:
Gasoline
Benzene
Naphtha
CarbonTetrachloride
Acetone
Paint Thinner
Turpentine
Lacquer Thinner
NailPolishRemover
Theycan all behazardous-somemore than others-and theycan
alldamageyourvehicle,too.
6-50
NOTICE
Cleaning the Inside of Your Vehicle

Useavacuumcleaneroften to getrid of dustandloosedirt.Wipevinylwith
aclean,dampcloth.
YourGM dealerhastwoGMcleaners-asolvent-typespotlifteranda
foam-typepowderedcleaner.Theywillcleannormalspotsandstainsvery
well.
Herearesomecleaningtips:
Always read theinstructionsonthecleanerlabel.
Cleanupstainsassoon as youcan-beforetheyset.
, Useaclean cloth orsponge,andchange to acleanareaoften.A soft
brushmaybeused if stainsarestubborn.
Usesolvent-typecleaners in awellventilatedarea only. If youusethem,
don’tsaturatethestainedarea.
If aringformsafterspotcleaning, clean theentireareaimmediately or it
willset.
Using Foam-Type Cleaner on Fabric
Vacuumandbrushthe area to removeanyloosedirt.
Always clean awholetrimpanel .or section.Masksurroundingtrimalong
stitch orweltlines.
Mix Multi-PurposePowderedCleanerfollowingthedirectionsonthe
containerlabel.
Usesudsonlyandapplywithacleansponge.
Don’t saturatethematerial.
Don’trub it roughly.
As soonasyou’vecleanedthesection,useasponge to removethe
suds.
6-51
Service & Appearance
Rinsethesectionwithaclean,wetsponge.
Wipeoffwhat’sleftwithaslightlydamppapertowelorcloth.
Thendry it immediatelywithanairhose,ahairdryeroraheatlamp.
Wipewlrha cleancloth.
Using Solvent-Type Cleaner on Fabric
First,see if youhavetousesolvent-typecleaneratall.Somespotsand
stains will clean off better with just water and mild soap.
If youneed to useit,then:
Gentlyscrapeexcesssoilfromthetrimmaterialwithaclean,dullknife
or scraper.Usevery little cleaner, lightpressureandcleancloths
(preferablycheesecloth).Cleaningshouldstartattheoutside of thestain,
“feathering”towardthecenter.Keepchanging to acleansectionofthe
cloth.
Whenyoucleanastainfromfabric,immediatelydrytheareawithanair
hose,hairdryer,orheatlamp to helppreventacleaningring.(See .
previous NOTICE.)
Special Cleaning Problems
GreasyorOilyStains:Likegrease, oil, butter,margarine,shoepolish,coffee
withcream,chewinggum,cosmeticcreams,vegetableoils,waxcrayon,tar
andasphalt.
Carefullyscrapeoffexcessstain.
Thenfollowthesolvent-typeinstructionsabove.
Shoepolish, wax crayons,tarandasphaltwillstain if leftonavehicle
seatfabric.Theyshouldberemovedassoonaspossible.Becareful,
becausethecleanerwilldissolvethemand maycausethem to bleed.
Non-GreasyStains:Likecatsup,coffee(black),egg,fruit,fruitjuice,milk,
softdrinks,wine,vomit,urineandblood.
Carefullyscrape off excessstain,thenspongetheplacewithcoolwater.
Ifa stainremains,followthefoam-typeinstructionsabove.
6-52
i
If anodorlingersaftercleaningvomitorurine,treattheareawitha
watedbakingsodasolution: 1 teaspoon (5 ml)of bakingsoda to 1 cup
(250 ml)oflukewarmwater.
Finally,ifneeded,cleanlightlywithsolvent-typecleaner.
CombinationStains:Likecandy,icecream,mayonnaise, c i sauceand
unknownstains.
Carefullyscrape off excessstain,thencleanwith cool waterandallowto
dry.
If astainremains,cleanitwithsolvent-typecleaner.
Cleaning Vinyl or Leather
Justusewarmwaterandacleancloth.
Rubwithaclean,dampcloth to removedirt. Youmay have to do it
morethanonce.
Thingsliketar,asphaltandshoepolish will stain if you^ don’tgetthem
offquickly.Useaclean cloth and solvent-type vinylheather cleaner.
Cleaning the Top of the Instrument Panel
Use only mild soap and water to clean the top surfaces of the instrument
panel.Sprayscontainingsiliconesorwaxesmaycauseannoyingreflectionsin
thewindshieldandevenmakeitdifficult to seethroughthewindshieldunder
certainconditions.
Care of Safety Belts
Keepbeltscleanand dry.
I
I
CAUTION
A Do not bleach or dye safety kits. If you do, it may severely weaken
them. In acrashtheymight not be able to provide adequate
protection.Cleansafety belts onlywithmild soap andlukewarm
water.
Glass
Glassshould be cleanedoften. GM Glass Cleaner (GM Part No. 1050427) or
aliquidhouseholdglasscleanerwillremovenormaltobaccosmokeanddust
films.
Don’tuseabrasivecleaners on glass,becausetheymay cause scratches.
Avoidplacingdecalsontheinsiderear window,sincetheymay havetobe
scraped off later.
6-53
Service & Appearance Cave
Cleaning the Outside of Your Windshield and Wiper Blades
If thewindshield is notclearafterusingthewindshieldwasher,or if thewiper
bladechatters whenrunning,waxorothermaterialmaybeonthebladeor
windshield.
Cleantheoutside of thewindshieldwith GMWindshieldCleaner,Bon-Ami
Powder@(GMPart No. 1050011). Thewindshieldisclean if beads do not
formwhenyourinse it withwater.
Cleantheblade by wipingvigorouslywithaclothsoakedinfullstrength
windshield washersolvent.Thenrinsethebladewithwater.
Wiperbladesshouldbecheckedonaregularbasisandreplacedwhenworn.
Cleaning the Outside of Your Vehicle
Thepaintfinishonyourvehicleprovides beauty,depthofcolor, gloss
retentionanddurability.
Washing Your Vehicle
Thebestway to preserveyourvehicle’sfinish is to keepitcleanbywashing
it often withlukewarmorcoldwater.
Don’twashyourvehicle in thedirectrays of the sun.Don’tusestrongsoaps
orchemicaldetergents.Useliquidhandordishorcarwashing
(non-detergent)soaps.Don’tusecleaningagentsthatcontainacidor
abrasives.Allcleaningagentsshouldbeflushedpromptlyandnotallowed to
dryonthesurface,ortheycouldstain.Drythefinishwithasoft, clean
chamoisor 100% cottontoweltoavoidsurfacescratchesandwaterspotting.
High pressure car washesmaycausewater to enter yourvehicle.
Finish Care
Occasionalwaxingormildpolishing ofyour vehicle maybenecessary to
removeresiduefromthepaintfinish.YoucangetGMapprovedcleaning
productsfromyourdealer.(See“AppearanceCareandMaterials’’inthe
Index.)
Protecting Exterior Bright Metal Parts
Brightmetalpartsshould becleanedregularly to keeptheirluster.Washing
withwaterisallthatisusuallyneeded.However,youmayuseGMChrome
Polishonchromeorstainlesssteeltrim, if necessary.
Usespecialcarewithaluminumtrim. To avoiddamagingprotectivetrim,never
useauto orchromepolish,steamorcausticsoap to cleanaluminum. A
coating of wax,rubbed to ahighpolish,isrecommendedfor all brightmetal
parts.
6-54
NOTICE
in closedareas of theframeshouldbeloosenedbeforebeingflushed. Your
dealer or an underbody vehicle washing system can do this for you.
Chemical Paint Spotting
Some weather and atmospheric conditions can create a chemical fallout.
Airbornepollutants fall uponandattackpaintedsurfacesonyourvehicle.This
damagecantaketwoforms:blotchy,ringlet-shapeddiscolorations,andsmall
irregular dark spots etched into the paint surface.
Althoughnodefect in thepaintjobcausesthis,GeneralMotorswillrepair,at
no charge to the owner, the surfaces ofnewvehiclesdamaged by this fallout
conditionwithin12monthsor 12,000miles(20 000 km)ofpurchase,
whichever comes first.
Appearance Care Materials Chart
PART
NUMBER
SIZE DESCRIPTION USAGE
1050172 16 oz. Tar andRoad Removes old waxes,polishes, tar
(0.473L) Oil Remover ~~
androadoil
~~
1050173
16 oz. ChromeCleaner Removesrustandcorrosionon
(0.473L) andPolish chromeandstainlesssteel
1050174
16 oz. WhiteSidewall Cleanswhiteandblacktires
(0.473L) TireCleaner
1050214
32 oz. VinyVLeather Spotandstainremovalonleather
(0.946L) Cleaner or vinvl
1050244
16 oz. FabricCleaner Spotandstainremovalon cloth
(0.473L) and fabric
1050427
23 oz. Glass
Cleaner
Glass
cleaning
and
spot
cleaning
vinyls on (0.680L)
1050429 6 Ibs. Multi-Purpose Cleansvinylandclothondoortrim,
(2.72kg) Powder Cleaner seats,andcarpet-also tiresand
mats
1050729
8 oz. Vinyl Top Cleaning of vinyl tops
(0.237L) Cleaner
1051055 16 oz. Preservatone Vinyl top dressing
(0.473L)
1051398
8 oz. Spot Lifter Spotandstainremovalon cloth
(0.237L) and fabric
1052870
16 oz. Wash-Wax Exterior wash
(0.473L) (conc.) ~~
1050201 16 oz. MagicMirror Exterior cleaner and

(0.473L) Cleaner-Polish polish
~nn77
6-56
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
KO641
This is the legalidentifierforyourvehicle. It appearsona plate in thefront

corner of theinstrumentpanel,onthedriver'sside. Youcan see it if you
look throughthewindshieldfromoutsideyourvehicle.TheVINalsoappears
ontheVehicleCertificationandServicePartslabelsandthecertificates of
title andregistration.
Engine ldenfification
The eighth character in yourVIN is theenginecodeforyour 1993 GM
engine.Thiscodewillhelpyouidentifyyourengine,specifications,and
replacement parts in thissection.
6-57
a I
W
m
z
I2
1
I:
W
>
.
1
.. .
PO172
6-58
Service Parts Identification Label
Service Parts Identification
Fuses and Circuit Breakers

Thewiringcircuits in yourvehicleareprotectedfromshortcircuits by a
combination of fuses,circuitbreakers,andfusiblethermallinks in thewiring
itself.Thisgreatlyreducesthechance of firescausedbyelectricalproblems.
6-59
I
Service & Appearance Cave

Headlights
Theheadlightwiringisprotectedbyacircuitbreakerinthelightswitch.An
electricaloverloadwillcausethelightstogo on and off, orinsomecasesto
remain off. If thishappens,haveyourheadlightwiringcheckedrightaway.
Windshield Wipers
Thewindshieldwipermotorisprotectedbyacircuitbreakerandafuse. If
themotoroverheatsduetoheavysnow,etc.,thewiperwillstopuntilthe
motorcools. If theoverloadiscausedbysomeelectricalproblemandnot
snow,etc.,besuretoget it fixed.
Power Windows and Other Power Options
Circuitbreakersinthefusepanelprotectthepowerwindowsandotherpower
accessories.Whenthecurrentloadis too heavy,thecircuitbreakeropens
andcloses,protectingthecircuituntiltheproblemisfixedorgoesaway.
Trailer Wiring Harness
Theoptionalseven-wiretrailerwiring I ;s isprotectedby an in-linefuse
inthebatteryfeedwire.Thisfuseisnearrhejunctionblock.See“Trailer
WiringHarness”inthe“Features & Controls’’section.
Fuse Block
.-:- .:
1
.-.
KO631
Thefuseblock is intheinstrumentpanelonthedriver’sside.
Removethecoverwithascrewdriverandthenyoucanremovefuseswitha
fuseextractor.
6-60
Besure to usethecorrectfuse. If youeverhaveaproblemontheroadand
don’t have a spare fuse, you can “borrow” one of the correct value. Just pick
some feature of your vehicle that you can get along without-like the radio or
cigarettelighter-anduseitsfuse, if it is of thevalueyouneed.Replace it
assoon as youcan.See“FusesandCircuitBreakers” in thissection.
Cap cities and Specification Charts
Replac -merit Parts
Replacementpartnumberslisted in thissection are basedonthelatest
informationavailableatthetime of printing,and are subject to change. If a
partlisted in this manualisnotthesameasthepartused in yourvehicle
when it wasbuilt,or if youhaveanyquestions,pleasecontactyourGMtruck
dealer.
Engine Identification
DESCRIPTION ENGINE I
Liter VJN
Engine Displace- Fuel Produced
Type ment Cde Svstem BY Emissions
L4 2.5L A TBI* U.S. L.D.
2.8L V6 R TBI* us. L.D.
Canada
Mexico
4.3L V6 Z TBI* US. L.D.
4.3L V6 W CPI** U.S. L.D.
*ThrottleBodyInjection
“CentralPortInjection
TO263
Wheel Nut Torque
DESCRIPTION TORQUE
Base or Optional Wheel 95 ft. Ibs. (130 Nam)
TO303
6-61
Cooling Sysfem Capacity
QUANTITY
heater
Without
rear
CODE ENGINE
VIN
2.5L A 11.5 Quarts (11 Liters)
2.8L R 10.5 Quarts (10 Liters)
4.3L Z 12.1Quarts(11.5Liters)
4.3L W 12.1Quarts(11.5Liters)
*All quantitiesareapproximate.
level the refill,
*After MUST
checked.
be TO266
Crankcase Capacity
ENGINE CODEI VIN I Without

Filter I Filter
With I
2.5L I A I 3 Quarts
(2.8
Liters) I 3.5 Quarts
(3.3
Liters) I
2.8L R 4 Quarts(3.8Liters) 4.5Quarts(4.3 Liters)
4.3L Z 4 Quarts(3.8Liters) 4.5Quarts(4.3Liters)
4.3L I W I 4 Quarts(3.8Liters) I 4.5 Quarts(4.3Liters)
*All quantities are approximate.
*Afterrefill,thelevel MUST bechecked.
TO267
Fuel Tank Capacify

TYPE QUANTITY
Standard Tank Gallons 20 (76 Liters)
Available on some2WD
Pickups
Gallon-
13 ‘50 Liters)
*All quantitiesareapproximate.
i
TO262
6-62
Lamp and Bulb Data
Lam And Bulb Data
6-63
Service & Appearance Cam
Lamp And Bulb Data
ExteriorLamps
CheckGagesIndicator'
I
1
Quantity 1 Trade No.
DaytimeRunningLights
. . - Indicator'
DaytimeRunningLightsIndicator2 PC1 94
ChargingSystemIndicator' PC174
HighBeamIndicator'
High
- Beamlndicato? PC1 94
Illumination'
Cluster
Instrument 6 3 PC168
Engine
(Service
Malfunction
Lamp
Indicator 1 PC74 .7
Soon)'
or'" Belt
MalfunctionIndicatorLamp(ServiceEngine
Soon)'
Seat
I 1 94 2
I pc194
PC1
Indicator Shift (PRNDL)' 1 942 PC1
Band' WarningTachometer 1 94
2 PC1
Signal Turn 2 .7 PC74
dicator' Upshift
Indicator2 Upshift 2 PC194
'With StandardInstrumentCluster'WithDigitalInstrumentCluster
6-64
Service Replacement Part an'd Filter
Recommendations
Air 1
Oil Cleaner PCV Spark* Radsiator
Filter Filter Valve
2.8L(R)
4.3L (Z)
; A773C
CV78@C
.R43TSK
.CR43TS
I
I
GF481
GF481
RC36
4.3L CW) PF51 I A1163C I CV892C .CR43TS I GF481 RC36 I

*Usecopper-coredresistortypesparkplugs.
**Usedontwowheeldrivem!odels.
TO277
Air Conditioning Refrigerant Capacity

TYPE SYSTEM WANTITY'
2.50 C-60 R-12 Ibs. (1.134 kg)
*All Quantities Are Approximate
TO365
Air Conditioning Refrigerants

Notallairconditio'ningrefrigerantsarethesame. Iftheairconditioning
system in your vehimcle needs lefrigerant, besure the pro'perrefriaerant is
used.Ifyou're not w e , .ask your GM dealer.
6-65 ."
.
I
PO356
6-66
Fuses and Circuit Breakers
Circuit
Name CircuitsProtected Fuse k e aker
Inst.Lps. InstrumentPanelLights,Headlight 5Amp
WarningBuzzer,AshTrayLight,Four
WheelDriveIndicatorLight,FogLight
SwitchLight
Pwr.Acc. PowerDoorLocks,CDPlayer,Electric 30 Amp
Shift Transfer Case
Horn-DM Horn,DomeLights,GloveBoxLight, 20Amp
Clock,Lighter,LightedVanityMirror,
FogLamp,CourtesyLights,Outside
RearviewMlrror
Ign.-Gages IndicatorLightsandGages,Auto. 20Amp
TransmissionconverterClutch,Cruise
Control,FourWheelDriveIndicator
Light,SeatBeltTimer
Crank EngineControlModule 3 Amp
Stop-Haz. StopLights,HazardWarningLights, 15Amp
ChimeModule
TailLps LightSwitch,Tail/ParkLights,Digital 20Amp
Cluster,LicenseLamp
Turn-BIU TurnSignals & BackupLights 15Amp
HeaterINC HeatingandAirConditioning 25Amp
Radio Radio,InsideRearviewMirrorMap 15 Amp
Lights
ECM B EngineControlModule,FuelPump 15 Amp
ECM I EngineControlModule 10 Amp
Pwr.Wndw. Power Windows 30 Amp
Wiper WindshieldWipersandWashers 25Amp
Brake RearWheelAntilockBrakeModule, 15 Amp
Speedometer
DRL DaytimeRunningLightRelay(Canada 10 Amp
Only)
Trailer* TrailerWiringHarness 30 Amp
CDPlayer** CD Player 10 Amp
TCCM ElectricShiftTransferCaseModule 5Amp
Aux.Pwr.** Aux.Pwr. Outlet(ParcelTrav) 10 AmD
"In-line fuse
'*Fuse is attachedtoFuseBlock TO264
6-67
Scheduled Maintenance Services
Section
Thissectioncoversthemaintenancerequiredforyourvehicle. Your vehicle

needstheseservicestoretain its safety,dependability,andemissioncontrol
performance.
A WordAboutMaintenance ................................................................................. 7-2
YourVehicle andtheEnvironment ......................................................................7-2
Scheduled Maintenance Services .................... ..................................... 7-3
~ . ~ ~ . ~ ~ r ~ ~ r s w . . w m w
Selecting The Proper Maintenance Schedule .................................................7-3

Maintenance Schedule I ................................................................................ 7-5
Maintenance Schedule II ...............................................................................7-7
~~
Explanation of ScheduledMaintenanceServices ...........................................7-8

Owner Checks and Services .............................................................................. 7-11
At Least Once a Month........................................................ ......................... 7-11
I
At Least Once a Year ..................................................................................... 7-11

Periodic Maintenance Inspections ...................................................................... 7-13
Recommended Fluids & Lubricants................................................................... 7-14
Maintenance Record ........................................................................................... 7-16
Ciervice Station Checks......................................................................................7-17
L
Have you purchased the GM Pmection Plan?The Plan

supplements your new vehicle warranties. See your GM dealer
for details.
TO248
A Word About Maintenance
Weat GeneralMotorswant to helpyoukeep your vehicleingoodworking
condition.But we don’tknowexactlyhowyou’lldriveit.Youmaydrivevery
shortdistancesonlyafewtimesaweek.Oryoumaydrivelongdistancesall
thetimeinveryhot,dustyweather.Youmayuseyour vehicleinmaking
deliveries.Oryou maydrive it to work, to do errands, or in many other ways.
Becauseof allthedifferentwayspeopleusetheir GM vehicles,maintenance
needsvary.Youmayevenneedmore frequentchecksandreplacementsthan
youwillfind in theschedulesinthissection. So pleasereadthissectionand
note howyou drive. Ifyouhaveany questions onhow to keepyourvehicle
ingoodcondition,seeyour GM dealer,theplacemany GMownerschoose
to havetheirmaintenanceworkdone. Your dealercanbereliedupon to use
properpartsandpractices.
Your Vehicle And The Environment
Propervehiclemaintenancenotonlyhelpskeepyourvehicle in goodworking
condition,but it alsohelpstheenvironment. All recommendedmaintenance
proceduresareimportant.Impropervehiclemaintenanceortheremoval of
importantcomponentscansignificantlyaffectthequality of theair we breathe.
Improperfluidlevelsoreventhewrongtireinflationcanincreasethelevel of
emissionsfromyourvehicle. To helpprotectourenvironment,andtohelp
keepyourvehicle in goodcondition,pleasemaintainyourvehicleproperly.
A Performingmaintenanceworkonavehiclecanbedangerous.
trying to do somejobs,youcanbeseriouslyinjured.
In
Do yourown
maintenanceworkonly if youhavetherequiredknow-howandthe
propertoolsandequipmentforthejob. If youhaveanydoubt,have
a qualified technician do the work.
b
If you are skilled enough to do someworkonyourvehicle,youwillprobably
want to gettheserviceinformation GM publishes. You willfindalist of
publicationsand how to gettheminSection 8, ‘CustomerAssistance
Information”. See“ServicePublications” in theIndex.
TheMaintenanceRecordprovidesaplaceforyou to recordthemaintenance
performedonyourvehicle.Wheneveranymaintenanceisperformed,besure
to write it down in thissection.Thiswillhelpyoudeterminewhenyournext
maintenanceshouldbedone. In addition, it is agoodidea to keepyour
maintenancereceipts.Theymaybeneeded to qualifyyourvehiclefor
warrantyrepairs.
7-2
Thisparttellsyouthemaintenanceservicesyoushouldhavedoneanawhen
you should schedule them. Your GM dealerknowsyourvehiclebestand
wants you to behappywith it. Ifyougotoyourdealerfor all yourservice
needs,you’llknowthatGM-trainedandsupportedservicepeoplewillperform
theworkusinggenuineGMparts.
These schedules are for vehicles that:
carrypassengersandcargowithintherecommendedlimits. You willfind
theselimitsonyourvehicle’sCertificationLabel.See“Loading Your
Vehicle’’in the Index.
aredrivenonregularroadsurfaces,andwithinlegaldrivinglimits,as
describedinSection 4, “Your DrivingandtheRoad”.
aredrivenoff-road in therecommendedmanner.See“OffRoadDriving
WithYour Four-wheel DriveVehicle”intheIndex.
usetheproperfuel.See“Fuel” in theIndex.
Selecting The Proper Maintenant- Schedule ~
Your driving conditions and how you use your vehicle will help you determine
whichscheduletouse.Theschedulesarefoundlater in thissection.
MAINTENANCESCHEDULE I
Is any one of these’ true for your vehicle?
Mosttripsarelessthan 4 miles (6 kilometers).
Mosttripsarelessthan 10 miles(16kilometers)andtheoutside
temperaturesarebelowfreezing.
Theengine is atlowspeedmostofthetime(asinstop-and-gotraffic,
door-to-doordelivery,orothercommercialuses).
You operate in dustyareasoroff-roadfrequently.
You towatrailer.
If anyone(ormore) of these is trueforyourdriving,followSchedule I. The
chartforSchedule I hasplussigns (t).
MAINTENANCESCHEDULE II
FollowSchedule II ONLY if none of theaboveconditionsaretrue.Thechart
forSchedule II hasdots (e).
7-3
SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE SERVICESFOR
I
Ifyourdrivingconditionsmeetthosespecifiedi
Item I
No. Kilometers
Service
I I I
Services”in this Section(orseeIndex),use
Miles (000) 3
(000) 5
6
M
10
I
1EngineOilChange*
Months,
-Even/
3or
Oil FilterChange*
t t
-Every3Months,or
2ChassisLubrication-Every 12 Months,
or
, ClutchForkBallStudLubrication(4.3L
only)
J
Iengines I
1I
4 CoolingSystemService*-Every24
Months or
5 Cleaner
Air Filter
Replacement* I I
6 FrontWheelBearingRepack(2WD
Only)
7 Transmission Service**
8 FuelFilterReplacement*
9 SparkPlugsReplacement*
10 SparkPlugWireInspection*
11 EngineTimingCheck*
12Fuel Tank, CapandLinesInspection*
13 EngineAccessoryDriveBeltInspection*
Rotation
Wheel and14 Tire t
vice Axle Drive 15 t t
16 BrakeSystemsInspection**
FOOTNOTES:
*An EmissionControlService
**See “Explanation of ScheduledMaintenapceServices” in theIndex
TO283
7-4
MAINTENANCESCHEDULE I
THESERVICESSHOWNONTHISCHART UP TO 60,000 MILES (100 000 km)

ARE TO BEDONEAFTER 60,000 MILES AT THE SAMEINTERVALS.
T028r
7-5
scheduled Maintenance Services
I
SCHEDU--D MAIM 4ANCE SEf -7s FOR

Ifyour drivingconditionsmeetthose I
Services”inthisSection (or seelnde
Item Miles (000) 3 6
No.Kilometers
Service (000) 5 10
1EngineOilChange*
-Every12Months, or
OilFilterChange*
-Every 12 Months,or
2ChassisLubrication-Every12Months,
or
ClutchForkBallStudLubrication(4.3L
3
enginesonly)
4 CoolingSystemService*-Every24
Monthsor
5 AirCleanerFilterReplacement*
6FrontWheelBearingRepack(2WD
Only)
7 TransmissionService**
8FuelFilterReplacement*
9 SparkPlugsReplacement*
10SparkPlugWireInspection*
11 EngineTimingCheck*
12 FuelTank,CapandLinesInspection*
13 EngineAccessoryDriveBeltInspection*
14 TireandWheelRotation
15DriveAxleService
16 BrakeSystemsInspection**
FOOTNOTES:
*AnEmissionControlService
**See“Explanation of ScheduledMaintenanceServices” in theIndex
TO287
7-6
MAINTENANCESCHEDULE II
-
21 22.5 36 37.5 -
39
35 37,5
0
60 62.5 -
65
0
0
0
0 0
0 0
0 0
THESERVICESSHOWNONTHISCHART UP TO 60,000 MILES (100 000 km)

ARE TO BEDONEAFTER 60,000 MILES AT THESAMEINTERVALS.
T028t
7-7
Explanation Of Scheduled Maintenance Services
Belowareexplanations of theserviceslistedinthemaintenancecharts.
Theproperfluidsandlubricantstousearelistedinthissection.Makesure
whoeverservicesyourvehicleusesthese.Allpartsshouldbereplacedand
allnecessaryrepairsdonebeforeyouoranyoneelsedrivesthevehicle.
1.ENGINEOILANDOILFILTERCHANGE*-ALWAYSUSESGOR
SG/CEQUALITY,ENERGYCONSERVING II OILS OF THEPROPER
VISCOSITY.To determinethepreferredviscosityoilforyourvehicle’s
engine(e.g.SAE5W-30).See“EngineOil”intheIndex.
2.CHASSISLUBRICATION-Lubricate thefrontsuspension,balljoint,
steeringlinkage,clutch,andtransfercaseshiftlinkage,parkingbrake
cableguides,propshaftsplines,universaljoints,brakepedalsprings,and
clutchpedalspringsattheintervalsspecifiedonthepropermaintenance
schedule,orateveryengineoilchange,whichevercomesfirst.On
vehicleswithouthydraulicclutches,lubricatetheclutchcrossshaftevery
30,000miles (50 000 km).
Balljointsshouldnotbelubricatedunlesstheirtemperatureis 10°F
(-12°C)orhigher.Whentheweatheriscold,letthemwarmupbefore
lubricatingthemortheycouldbedamaged.
Also,besuretocheckallthevehiclefluidlevelsatthistime.
3. CLUTCHFORKBALLSTUDLUBRICATION(4.3LENGINESONLY)
-Lubricatetheclutchforkballstudthroughthefittingontheclutch
housing.Lubricantmustbeadded“sparingly”tothefitting,asonly .0066
Ib.(.003kg)isrequiredtolubricatetheballstudsurface. Do notadd
lubricantmoreoftenthantheintervalsrecommendedintheMaintenance
Schedules. Toomuchlubricant will damagetheclutchassembly.
4. COOLINGSYSTEMSERVICE*-Drain,flushandrefillthesystemwith
newcoolant.See“EngineCoolant’’intheIndexforthepropercoolant
andmixturetouseinyourvehicle.
Alsoinspectthehosesandreplacethem if theyarecracked,swollen,or
deteriorated.Tightenallhoseclamps.Cleantheoutside of theradiator
andairconditioningcondenser.Washtheradiatorneck. To ensureproper
operation,pressuretesttheradiatorandcap.
* AnEmissionControlService
7-8
5. AIR CLEANERFILTERREPLACEMENT*-Replaceat specified
intervals. Askyourdealerfor the proper replacement intervals for your
drivingconditions.
6. FRONTWHEELBEARINGREP1 -;< (2-WHEELDRIVEONLY)-Clean
andrepackthefrontwheelbearingsateachbrakerelining, or atthe
specifiedinterval,whichevercomesfirst.
7. TRANSMISSIONSERVICE:
AutomaticTransmission-Changethetransmissionfluidandfilterevery
15,000miles(25 000 km) if thevehicle is mainlydrivenunderoneor
moreoftheseconditions:
In heavycitytraffic.
Where the outsidetemperatureregularlyreaches 90°F (32°C) or
higher.
In hilly ormountainousterrain.
Frequenttrailerpulling.
0 Usessuchastaxi,police,deliveryorothercommercialservice.
If thevehicle is notusedmainlyunderany oftheseconditions,change
the fluid andfilterevery30,000miles (50 000 km).See“Automatic
TransmissionFluid” in theIndexformoreinformation.
ManualTransmission-Transmissionfluiddoesnotrequireperiodic
changing.
8. FUELFILTERREPLACEMENT*-Replace thefuel filter atthespecified
interval orsooner if clogged.
9.SPARKPLUGSREPLACEMENT*-Replacespark plugswiththetype
listed in Section 6. See“SpecificationCharts”intheIndex.
10.SPARKPLUGWIREINSPECTION*-Cleanwiresandinspectforburns,
cracks or other damage. Check the wire boot fit at the distributor and at
thesparkplugs.Replacewires as needed.
11.ENGINETIMINGCHECKANDDISTRIBUTORCHECK*-Adjusttiming
tounderhoodlabelspecifications.Inspecttheinsideandoutside of the
distributorcapandrotorforcracks,carbontrackingandcorrosion.Clean
orreplaceasneeded.
12.FUELTANK,CAPANDLINESINSPECTION*-Inspectthefueltank,
capandlinesfordamageorleaks.Removefuelcap,inspectgasketfor
anevenfillerneckimprint,andanydamage.Replacepartsasneeded.
* AnEmissionControlService
7-9
13. ENGINEACCESSORYDRIVEBELTINSPECTION*-Inspectbelt.Look
forcracks,fraying,wear,andpropertension.Adjustorreplaceas
needed.
14.TIREANDWHEELROTATIONANDINSPECTION-Forproperwear
andmaximumtirelife,rotatetiresatthefirst 6,000 miles(10 000
kilometers)forSchedule I or 7,500 miles (12 500 kilometers)for
Schedule II andthenevery 15,000 miles (25 000 kilometers)thereafter.
FollowtheinstructionsandpatternsshowninSection 6. Checktiresfor
unevenwearordamage. If irregularorprematurewearisapparent,
checkwheelalignment.Also,checkfordamagedwheels.See“Tires”in
theIndexformoreinformation.
15. DRIVEAXLESERVICE-Checkrear/frontaxlefluidlevelandaddas
needed.Checkconstantvelocityjointsandaxlesealsforleaking.
Locking differential -Drain fluidatfirstoilchangeandrefill.Check
fluidlevelandaddasneededatsubsequentoilchanges.Industy
areas or trailertowingapplications,drainfluidatevery15,000miles
(24 135 kilometers)andrefi1l.t
Standard differential -Check fluidlevelandaddasneededat
everyoilchange.Industyareasortrailertowingapplications,drain
fluidevery 15,000 miles(24 135 kilometers)andrefil1.t
Morefrequentlubricationmayberequiredforoff-roaduse.
16. BRAKE SYSTEMINSPECTION -When theengineoilischanged,
inspectthelinesandhosesforproperhookup,binding,leaks,cracks,
chafing,etc.Checktheparkingbrakeadjustment,andthefluidlevelin
themastercylinder.Alowfluidlevelcanindicateworndiscbrakepads
whichmayneedtobeserviced.t
Whenthewheelsareremovedforrotation,inspectdiscbrakepadsfor
wearandrotorsforsurfacecondition.Alsoinspectdrumbrakeliningsfor
wearandcracks.Inspectotherbrakeparts,includingdrums,wheel
cylinders,parkingbrake,etc.,atthesametime.
Inspect brakes more often if driving habits or conditions result in
frequent braking.
t A fluid loss inthesesystemsmayindicateaproblem.Havetheminspected
andrepairedatonce.
7-1 0
Owner Checks and Services
Listed belowareownerchecksandserviceswhichwouldbemadeatthe
timeperiodspecified to helpensurepropersafety,emissionperformance,and
dependability ofyour vehicle.
Besureanynecessaryrepairsarecompletedatonce.Wheneveranyfluids
or lubricantsareadded to yourvehicle,makesuretheyaretheproperones,
asshown in thissection.
At Least Once a Month
Tire inflation pressure check -Check the tires for proper inflation. Ifthey
are low, inflate them to thelevelspecifiedontheCertificationlabel.See
“Inflation-TirePressure” in theIndex.
At Least Once a Year
Keylockcylinderlubrication-Lubricatekeylockcylinderswithoneofthe
lubricantsrecommended in thisSection.
Transmissionneutralorclutchstartswitchoperation -
1 CAUTION
Whenyouaredoing this check,thevehiclecould movesuddenly. If
it does,youorotherscouldbeinjured.Followthestepsbelow. I
1. Beforeyoustart,besureyouhaveenoughroomaroundthevehicle.
2. Firmlyapply both the manualparkingbrake.andtheregularbrake. See
“Brakes”and“ParkingBrake” in theIndex. Do notusetheaccelerator
pedal.
3. Beready to turn off the engineimmediately if itstarts.
4. Onautomatictransmissionvehicles,try to starttheengine in eachgear.
Thestartershouldworkonly in P (Park)or N (Neutral).
On manualtransmissionvehicles,puttheshiftlever in N (Neutral),push
theclutchdownhalfway,and try to starttheengine.Thestartershould
workonlywhen theclutch is pusheddownalltheway to thefloor.
7-1 1
Steeringcolumnlockoperation-Whileparked,trytoturnthekeytoLock
in eachgearshiftposition.
Withanautomatictransmission,thekeyshouldturn to LOCKonlywhen
the gear shiftis in P(Park).
Withmanualshift,thekeyshouldturn to LOCKonlywhenyou’re in R
(Reverse).
Onvehicleswithakeyreleaselever,try to turnthekey to LOCK without
pressingthelever.Thekeyshouldturn to LOCKonlywiththekeylever
depressed.
Onallvehicles,the key shouldcomeoutonly in LOCK.
Parkingbrakeandtransmission P (Park)mechanismoperation -
CAUTION
A Whenyouaredoingthischeck,yourvehiclecouldbegin to move.
Youor otherscouldbeinjuredandpropertycouldbe damaged.
Makesurethereisroom in front ofyour vehicle in caseyoubegin
to roll.Beready to applytheregularbrakeatonceshould the
vehiclebegin to move.
Park on a fairly steep hill, with the vehicle facing downhill. 1.- )ping your foot
ontheregularbrake,setthemanualparkingbrake.
To checktheparkingbrake:Withtheenginerunningandthe
transmission in N (Neutral),slowlyremovefootpressurefromtheregular
brakepedal. Do this until thevehicle is heldbytheparkingbrakeonly.
To checktheP(Park)mechanism’sholdingability:Applytheregular
brakeandshiftto P (Park).Releasethemanualparkingbrake,then
slowlyreleasetheregularbrake.
Lapandshoulderbeltsconditionandoperation-Inspectbeltsystem,
including:webbing,buckles,latchplates,retractors,guideloopsandanchors.
Have a belt assemblyreplaced if thewebbinghasbeencutorotherwise
damaged.
Body LubricationService-Lubricateallbodydoorhingesincludingthe
tailgate,tailgatehandlepivotpoints,andtailgatemountedsparetirecarrier(if
equipped),lubricatethebody hood, fuel doorandrearcompartmenthinges,
latchesandlocksincludinginteriorgloveboxandconsoledoors,andany
movingseathardware.Lubricatethehoodsafetyleverpivotandproprod
pivot.Morefrequentlubricationmayberequiredwhenexposed to acorrosive
environment.
7-1 2
Periodic Maintenance Inspections
Listed below are inspectionsandserviceswhichshould beperformedatleast
twiceayear(forinstance,eachspringandfall). You shouldletyour GM
dealer’s service department or other qualified service center do these jobs.
Makesureanynecessaryrepairsarecompletedatonce.
SteeringandSuspension lnspectiont -Inspect front and rear suspension
andsteeringsystemfordamaged,looseormissingparts,signs ofwearor
lackoflubrication.Inspectpowersteeringlinesandhosesforproperhook-up,
binding,leaks,cracks,chafing,etc. (On vehiclesequippedwithmanual
steering gear,check forsealleakage.)Lubricatethesteeringlinkage.
AcceleratorControlSystem-Lubricate all pivotpointswithengineoil,
except the TBI throttleshaft. Do notlubricatethecampulley.Removeall
externaldepositsfrompulley. Donotoilanyacceleratororcruisecontrol
cables.Replaceanycablesthathave high effortorexcessivewear.
ExhaustSystemInspection-Inspect the completesystem.Inspectthebody
neartheexhaustsystem.Lookforbroken,damaged,missingor
out-of-positionparts,aswell as openseams,holes,looseconnectionsor
otherconditionswhich could causeaheatbuildupinthefloorpanorcould
letexhaustfumesseepintothepassengercompartments.See“Engine
Exhaust” in the Index..
DriveAxleService-Checkrear/frontaxlefluidlevelandadd as needed.
Check constant velocity joints and axle seals for leaking.
Transfer Case(four-wheeldrive) lnspectiont -Every 12 monthsoratoil
changeintervals,checkfrontaxleandtransfercaseandaddlubricant when
necessary. Oil thecontrolleverpivotpointandallexposedcontrollinkage.
Checkvent hose at transfer case for kinks and proper installation. More
frequentlubricationmayberequired on off-road use.
t A fluid loss in thesesystemsmayindicateaproblem.Havetheminspected
andrepairedatonce.
7-1 3
i
I
Recommended FIuids & Lubricants
NOTE: Fluidsandlubricantsidentifiedbelowbyname,partnumberor
specification maybeobtainedfromyour GM Dealer.
USAGE FLUlD/LUBRICANT
Engine Oil Goodwrench
GM Motor Oil
equivalent
Service
orAPI
SG
for
orSGICC,SG/CD, SF,SGorCC of therecommended
viscosity.(SeeSection 6.)
Engine
Coolant
Mixture of water
and good
quality
a ethylene
glycol
base
antifreezeconforming to GM-6038-M(GMPartNo.1052103).
Hydraulic
Clutch
System
Hydraulic
Clutch
Fluid
(GMPart No.
12345347
equivalent).
or
Hydraulic
Brake
Systems
Delco
Supreme 11 brake
fluid
(GMPart
No.1052535
or
DOT-3).
Parking
Brake
Cables
Chassis
lubricant
meeting
requirements of NLGl
Grade
2,
CatagotyLBorGC-LB(GMPart No.1052497).
Power
Steering
System
GM
Power
Steering
Fluid
(GM
Part
No.
1050017)
or
equivalent conforming to GMspec9985010.
Manual
Steering
Gear
GM
Lubricant
(GM
Part No. 1052182)
equivalent.
or
Automatic
Transmission DEXRONBIIE Automatic
Transmission
Fluid
(GM
Part
No.
1051RKK).
ManualTransmission:
a.
5-Speed
(RPO
ML3 and
a. DEXRONBIIE Automatic
Transmission
Fluid
(GMPart
No. MW1)
5-Speed
b. (RPO MY2)
Synchromesh
b. Transmission
Fluid
(GMPart
No.
12345349).
Differential:
a.Standard - Frontand a.SAE-80W-90GL-5gearlubricant(GMPartNo.
Axle Rear
b. Locking b. SAE-80W-90gearlubricant(GMPartNo.1052271).
Transfer Case DEXRONBIIE AutomaticTransmissionFluid(GMPartNo.
1051 855).
ColumnShift,TransferCaseChassislubricantmeetingrequirementsofNLGIGrade2,
Shift Lever,PropellerShaftSlipCatagoryLBorGC-LB(GMPartNo.1052497).
SplinesandUniversalJoints.
ClutchLinkage.Pushrod to ChassislubricantmeetingrequirementsofNLGlGrade2,
clutch fork joint. CatagoryLBorGC-LB(GMPartNo.1052497).
(Continuednextpage)
TO289
7-1 4
1
li
I
I
Recomm'ended Fluids & Lubricants

[Cont'cs,)
USAGE FLUID/LUBRICANT
ClutchFork Ball Stud Chassislubricantmeetingrequirements of NLGlGrade 2,
CataaorvLBorGC-LBIGMPartNo.10524971.
Hood Latch Assembly
a. Pivotsandspringanchor a.Engine oil (GMPart No. 1050109).
b. ReleasePawl b. Chassislubricantmeetingrequirements of GM-6031-M
(GMPartNo.1052497).
FrontWheelBearings Wheelbearinglubricantmeetingrequirements ofNLGIGrade
2,CatagoryGCorGC-LB(GMPart No. 1051344).
ConstantVelocityUniversalJoint Chassislubricantmeetingrequirements of NLGlGrade 2,
CatagoryLB or GC-LB(GMPart No. 1052497).
Automatic Transmission Shift Engine oil
Linkage,FloorShiftLinkage,
HoodandDoorHinges,Body
DoorHingePins,TailgateHinge
.andLinkage,FoldingSeat,Fuel
DoorHinge
KeyLockCylinders GMMulti-Purposelubricant(GMPartNo.12345120)ora
syntheticlightweightengineoil(SAE5W-30).
ChassisLubrication Chassislubricantmeetingrequirements of NLGlGrade2,
CatagoryLBorGC-LB(GMPartNo.1052497). ~~ ~~~
WindshieldWasherSolventand GM OptikIeenB washersolvent(GMPart No. 1051515) or

Anti-freeze equivalent. ~~ ~
Weatherstrip - Siliconegrease(GMPart No. 1052863)orequivalent.

TailgateMountea spare I Multi-purposelubricantmeetingrequirements of GM PartNo. .!
Carrier 123451 20.
(If Equipped)
OuterTailgateHandlePivot
Points
Gas Line GasLineDe-lcer(GMPart No. 1051516).
Weather Strips Stxav-A-SaueekIGMPart No.1052277).
Maintenance Record
Aftereach of theprecedingScheduledMaintenanceServicesisperformed,
recordthedate,odometerreading,servicesperformed(listitemnumbers)and
whoperformedtheservices in theappropriatecolumn.Inaddition,retain
copies ofyour receipts. It is suggestedthatreceiptsbekeptwithyour
Owner'sManual.
TO260 I
7-1 6
1 E
Service Station Checks
It is important for you or a service station attendant to perform these
under-hoodchecksateachfuel fill.
Checktheengine oil levelandadd if necessary.
Checktheenginecoolantlevelandadd if necessary.
Checkthewindshieldwasherfluidlevelandadd if necessary.
SeetheIndexundertheseitemsforinformationonhowtocheckthem.
7-17
c:
Customer Assistance information
Section
HereyouwillfindouthowtocontactChevroletifyouneedassistance.This
sectionalsotellsyouhowtoobtainservicepublicationsandhowtoreport
any safety defects.
Customer Satisfaction Procedure ......................................................................... 8-2
Customer Assistance for HearinglSpeech Impaired ...........................................8-3
GM Participation in Better Business Bureau MediatiodArbitration Program ....8-3
Reporting Safety Defects ...................................................................................... 8-4
Roadside Assistance .............................................................................................8-5
Service Publications ..............................................................................................8-6
8-1
Customer Assistance Information
Customer Satisfaction Procedure
Your satisfaction and goodwill are important to your dealer and Chevrolet.
Normally,anyconcernwiththesalestransactionortheoperationofyour
vehiclewillberesolvedbyyourdealer'sSalesorServiceDepartments.
Sometimes,however,despitethebestintentions of allconcerned,
misunderstandingscanoccur. If yourconcernhasnotbeenresolved to your
satisfaction,thefollowingstepsshouldbetaken:
STEP ONE -Discussyourconcernwithamemberofdealership
management.Complaintscanoftenbequicklyresolvedatthatlevel. If the
matterhasalreadybeenreviewedwiththeSales,Service,orPartsManager,
contact the owner of the dealership or the General Manager.
STEP TWO -If after contacting a memberof DealershipManagement, it
appears your concern cannot be resolved,by the dealership without fuhher
help, contact Chevrolet's Customer Assistance Center by calling
1-800-222-1020.InCanada,contactthe GMofCanadaCustomerAssistance
Center in Oshawa by calling1-800-263-3777(English)or1-800-263-7854
(French).
In Mexico,call(525)254-3777.InPuertoRicoor U. S. VirginIslands,call
1-809-763-1315.Inallotheroverseaslocations,contact GM International
ExportSalesinCanada by calling 1-416-644-4112.
For promptassistance,pleasehavethefollowinginformationavailable to give
theCustomerAssistanceRepresentative:
Yourname,address,telephonenumber
Vehicle IdentificationNumber(This is available from thevehicle
registration or title, or the plate attached to the left top of the instrument
panelandvisiblethroughthewindshield.)
Dealershipnameandlocation
Vehicledeliverydateandpresentmileage
Natureofconcern
We encourageyou to call the toll-free numberlistedpreviously in order to
giveyourinquirypromptattention.However, if youwishtowriteChevrolet,
writeto:ChevroletMotorDivision,ChevroletCustomerAssistanceCenter, P.O.
Box 7047, Troy,MI48007-7047.
A listing of allChevroletofficesandofficesoutsidethe U.S. whichcanassist
youcanalsobefoundinthewarrantybooklet.Theseservicesarenot
available in Canada.
8-2
I
WhencontactingChevrolet,pleaserememberthatyourconcernwilllikelybe
resolvedinthedealership,usingthedealership'sfacilities,equipmentand
personnel.That is whywesuggestyoufollowStepOne first if youhavea
concern.
Customer Assistance for the Hearing or
Speech Impaired (TDD)
To assistownerswhohavehearingdifficulties,Chevrolet has installedspecial
TDD(TelecommunicationsDevicesfortheDeaf)equipmentatitsCustomer
AssistanceCenter.Anyhearingorspeechimpairedcustomerwhohasaccess
toaTDDorconventionalteletypewriter(TTY)cancommunicatewithChevrolet
bydialing:
In the United States .....................................................................1-800-TDD-CHEV
In Canada..........................................................................................
1-800-263-3830
GM Participation in Better Business
Bureau Mediation/Arbitration Program"
*Thisprogrammaynotbeavailable in allstates,dependingonstate law.
Canadianownersrefer to yourwarrantybooklet.
General Motors reserves the right to change eligibility limitations. and/or to
discontinueitsparticipation in thisprogram.
OurexperiencehasshownthattheCustomerSatisfactionProcedure
describedearlier in thissectionhasbeenverysuccessfulinachieving
customersatisfaction.However, if youhavenotbeensubstantiallysatisfied,
Chevroletwantsyoutobeaware ofGM'svoluntaryparticipationina
no-chargemediationlarbitrationprogramcalledBBB AUTOLINE.Thisprogram
isadministeredbytheCouncil of BetterBusinessBureausthroughlocal
BetterBusinessBureaus.Theprogramcanresolveindividualdisputes
involvingvehiclerepairsandtheinterpretation ofyourNewVehicle Limited
Warranty.
We preferthatyounotresorttoBBB AUTOLINE untilafterafinaldecision
ismadeundertheCustomerSatisfactionProcedure.However,youmayfilea
claimatanytimebycontactingyourlocalBetterBusinessBureau(BBB)at
thefollowing toll-free number:1-800-955-5100.Forfurtherinformationabout
filingaclaim,youmay also write to:BBBAUTOHOTLINE, Council of Better
BusinessBureaus,4200WilsonBoulevard,Suite 800, Arlington,Virginia
22203.
8-3
Customer Assistance lnformation
Inorder to fileaclaim,youwillhave to provide yournameandaddress, the
vehicleidentificationnumber (VIN)ofyourvehicle,andastatementof the
nature ofyour complaint. BBB staffmay try tohelpresolveyourdispute
throughmediation.Ifmediation is notsuccessful,or if youdonotwish to
participate in mediation,eligiblecustomersmaypresenttheircase to an
impartialthird-partyarbitratorat aninformalhearing.Thearbitratorwillrender
adecision in yourcase,whichyoumayacceptorreject.Ifyouaccepta
valid arbitratordecision, GMwillbeboundbythatdecision.Theentiredispute
settlementprocessshouldordinarilytakeabout 40 daysfrom thetimeyoufile
yourcomplaint to the time a decision is rendered(or 47 days if you did not
first contact your dealer or Chevrolet).
We encourageyou to usethisprogrambeforeorinstead of resortingtothe
courts. We believe it offersadvantagesovercourts in mostjurisdictions
because it is fast,free ofcharge,andinformal(lawyersarenotusually
present,althoughyoumayretainoneatyourexpense if youchoose).
Arbitrators makedecisionsbasedontheprincipals of fairnessandequity,and
are not required to duplicate the functions of courtsbystrictlyapplyingstate
or federallaw.Ifyouwishtogo to court, however,wedonotrequirethat
youfirstfileaclaimwith BBB AUTOLINE*unlessstatelawprovides
otherwise.Whateveryourpreferencemaybe,rememberthat if youare
unhappywiththeresultsof BBB AUTOLINE,youcan still go to court
becauseanarbitrator'sdecisionisbindingon GM butnotonyou,unlessyou
acceptit.
Eligibilityislimited by vehicleage/mileage,andotherfactors.Forfurther
informationconcerningtheprogram,callthe BBB at 1-800-955-5100. Youmay
also call theChevroletCustomerAssistanceCenter.
*Somestatesmayrequirethatyoufileaclaimwith BBB AUTOLINE before
resorting to state-operatedprocedures(includingcourt).
Reporting Safety Defects to the United
States Government
If youbelievethat yourvehiclehasadefectwhichcouldcauseacrash or
could causeinjuryordeath,youshouldimmediatelyinformtheNational
HighwayTrafficSafetyAdministration(NHTSA),inadditiontonotifyingGeneral
Motors.
If NHTSAreceivessimilarcomplaints, it mayopenaninvestigation,and if it
finds that a safety defect exists in agroupofvehicles, it mayorder arecall
andremedycampaign.However,NHTSAcannotbecomeinvolvedinindividual
problemsbetweenyou,yourdealer,orGeneral Motors.
8-4
To contactNHTSA,youmayeithercalltheAutoSafetyHotlinetoll-freeat
1-800-424-9393(or366-0123intheWashington, DC area) or writeto:
NHTSA, US. Department of Transportation,Washington, D.C. 20590. Youcan
alsoobtainotherinformationaboutmotorvehiclesafetyfromtheHotline.
Reporting Safety Defects to the
Canadian Government
If youliveinCanada,andyoubelievethatyourvehiclehasasafetydefect,
youshouldimmediatelynotifyTransportCanada, in additiontonotifying
GeneralMotors of CanadaLimited. Youmaywrite to:TransportCanadaat
Box8880,Ottawa,OntarioK1G3J2.
Reporting Safety Defects to General
Motors
In additiontonotifying NHTSA(orTransportCanada)inasituationlikethis,
wecertainlyhopeyou’llnotify us. Pleasecallusat1-800-222-1020,orwrite:
ChevroletMotorDivision,CustomerAssistanceCenter,PostOfficeBox7047,
Troy,Michigan48007-7047. In Canada,please call usat 1-800-263-3777
(English) or 1-800-263-7854(French). Or, write:GeneralMotors of Canada
Limited,CustomerAssistanceCenter,1908ColonelSamDrive,Oshawa,
OntarioL1H8P7.
Chevrolet/Geo Roadside Assistance
To enhanceChevrolet’sstrongcommitmenttocustomersatisfaction,Chevrolet
is excited to announce the establishment of the ChevroletlGeo Roadside
AssistanceCenter. As theownerof a1993ChevroletlGeo,membership in
RoadsideAssistanceisfree.
RoadsideAssistanceisavailable24hoursa day,365days a year,by calling
1-800-CHEVUSA(1-800-243-8872).Thistoll-freenumberwillprovideyou
over-the-phoneroadsideassistancewithminormechanicalproblems. Ifyour
problemcannotberesolvedoverthephone,ouradvisorshaveaccess to a
nationwidenetwork of dealerrecommendedserviceproviders.Thefollowing
servicesareavailable:
Towing
Locksmith
Tirerepair
Glassreplacement
* Rentalcarortaxi
Additionalservicesasnecessary
8-5
Customer Assistance lnformation
TheRoadsideAssistanceCenterusescompaniesthatwillprovideyouwith
qualityandpriorityservice.Whenroadsideservicesarerequired,ouradvisors
willexplainanypaymentobligationsthatmaybeincurredforutilizingoutside
services.
For promptassistancewhencalling,pleasehavethefollowingavailable to
givetheadvisor:
VehicleIdentificationNumber
Licenseplatenumber
Vehiclecolor
Vehiclelocation
Telephonenumberwhereyoucanbereached
Description of problem
Please refer to the Roadside Assistance brochure inside your portfolio for full
programdetails.
In Canada,call1-800-268-6800fordetailsonRoadsideAssistance.
Service Publications
Informationonhow to obtainProductServicePublications,Subscriptionsand
Indexesasdescribedbelowisapplicableonlyinthefifty U.S. states(andthe
DistrictofColumbia)andonlyforlighttruckswithGWVRlessthan10,000
pounds (4536 kg).
InCanada,informationpertaining to ProductServiceBulletinsandIndexes
canbeobtainedbywritingto:GeneralMotors of CanadaLimited,Service
PublicationsDepartment,1908ColonelSam Dr., Oshawa,OntarioL1 H 8P7.
ChevroletregularlysendsitsdealersusefulservicebulletinsaboutChevrolet
products.Chevroletmonitorsproductperformanceinthefield. We then
preparebulletinsforservicingourproductsbetter. Now,youcangetthese
bulletins too.
Bulletins cover varioussubjects.Somepertaintotheproperuseandcareof
yourvehicle.Somedescribecostlyrepairs.Othersdescribeinexpensive
repairswhich, if doneontimewiththelatestparts,mayavoidfuturecostly
repairs.Somebulletinstellatechnicianhow to repairanew or unexpected
condition. Others describe a quicker way to fix yourvehicle.Theycanhelpa
technician service your vehicle better.
8-6
Mostbulletinsapply to conditions affecting a small number of cars or trucks.
Your Chevrolet dealer oraqualifiedtechnicianmayhavetodetermine if a
specific bulletin applies to yourvehicle.
You cansubscribe to allChevroletbulletinsbycallingHelm,Inc.at
1-800-782-4356.Thiswayyou’llgetthemastheycomeout.
Individual PSP’s
If youdon’twant to buyallthePSP’sissuedbyChevroletforallcarand
truckmodels in themodelyear,youcanbuyindividualPSP’s,suchasthose
whichmaypertain to aparticularmodel. To dothis,youwillfirstneedtosee
ourindex ofPSP’s. It providesavariety of information. Here’swhat you’ll find
in theindexandhowyoucangetone:
What You’ll Find in the Index:
Alist of all PSP’spublished by Chevroletinamodelyear (1989or
later). PSP’s covering all modelsof Chevroletcars or lighttrucksless
than 10,000 pounds(4536kg) GVWR arelisted in thesameindex.
Orderinginformation so youcanbuythespecificPSP’syoumaywant.
Priceinformationforthe PSP’syoumaywanttobuy.
How You Can Get an Index:
Indexes are publishedperiodically.Most of the PSP’swhich could potentially
apply to themostrecentChevroletmodels will belisted in themostrecent
publication for that model year.Thismeans youmaywant to wait until the
end of the modelyearbeforeorderinganindex, if youareinterested in
buying PSP’s pertaining to acurrentmodelyeartruck.
SomePSP’s pertaining to a particular model’ year vehicle maybe published in
lateryears,andthesewouldbelisted in thelateryear’sindex.When you
order an index for a model year that is notoveryet,we’llsendyouthemost
recentlypublishedissue.Checktheorderingformforindexesforearliermodel
years.
Cutouttheorderingform, fill it out,andmail it in. We Wil. thensee to it that
anindex is mailedtoyou.Thereisnochargeforindexesforthe1989-1993
modelyears.
Toll-Free Telephone Number
If youwantanadditionalorderingformforanindexorasubscription,just
call toll-free andwe’llbehappy to sendyouone.Automatedrecording
equipment will take yournameandmailingaddress.Thenumber to call is
1-800-551-4123.
8-7
Customer Assistance Information
Copies at Participating Dealers
CopiesofIndexesandindividualPSP’sareatyourparticipatingChevrolet
dealer. You canask to seethem.
A VERYIMPORTANTREMINDER:ThesePSP’s are meant for technicians.
They are not meant for the “do-it-yourselfer.” Technicians have the equipment,
tools, safety instructions, and know-how to do ajobquicklyandsafely.
Chevrolet reserves the right to changetheseprocedureswithoutnotice.
Service Publications
You cangettheseProductServicePublications by usingtheorderformat
theend of thissection. You canalsogetServiceManualsandOwner
Publications.
0-8
INDEX
Section
A
A B
Accessory Power Outlet ..............2-53 Battery ........................................... 6-31
Air Cleaner .................................... 6-14 Belts (See “Safety Belts”)
Air Conditioning...................3-6, 6-35 BetterBusinessBureau
Fan Lever .....................................3-6 Mediation.................................... -8-3
Function Lever ............................ 3-6 Blizzard .......................................... 4.53
Refrigerant Capacity .................6-65 Brakes
Temperature Lever ...................... 3-6 Adjustment ................................. 4-17
Antenna, Fixed Mast ...................3-26 Antilock ...................................... 4-14
AntilockBrakes (See “Brakes”) Fluid ........................................... 6-29
Appearance Care .......................... 6-50 Leak Check ............................... 6-30
Materials .................................... 6-56 Master Cylinder ........................ 6-29
Arbitration Program........................ 8-3 Parking....................................... 2-21
Audio Systems ............................... 3-7 Pedal Travel .............................. 4-17
AM Radio.....................................3-9 Rear Drum Brakes ................... 4-17
AM-FMStereoAudioCompact Replacing Parts ........................ 6-30
Disc (CD) System ...................3-20 SystemWarningLight .2-66, 4-16
AM-FMStereo Trailer ......................................... 4-59
Audio System ........................ 3-11 Wear Indicators ........................ 4-16
AM-FMStereoAudioSystem Braking .......................................... 4-12
with Cassette Deck ............>.3-13 In Emergencies ........................ 4-17
AM-FMStereoAudioSystem Break-In, New Vehicle ...................2-9
withCassetteDeckand Bulb Replacement ....................... 6-31
Equalizer ................................. 3-16 Replacement Chart .................. 6-63
Anti-Theft System .................... 3-23
Compact Disc Care ..................3-25 C
Automatic Transmission ...............2-16 CapacitiesandSpecification
Fluid............................................ 6-16 Charts ........................................ 6-61
Axle Carbon Monoxide ...2.26.2.27. 4-53
Front ........................................... 6-22 Cassette TapePlayer
Rear............................................ 6-2 1 (See “Audio Systems”)
9-1
INDEX
Catalytic Converter .................._.6-37 Driver Position .............................1-14
CertificationlTire Label .................6-38 Driving
Changing A Flat Tire ........ 5-16, 5-21 Across an Incline ..................... 4-31
Chemical Paint Spotting ..............6-56 After Off-Road Driving ............4-34
ChildRestraints At Night .....................................4-34
(See“Safety Belts”) Backing Up ...............................4-60
Cigarette LighterlAshtrays ...........2-54 Defensive..................................... 4-8
CircuitBreakers(See“Fuses”) Downhill ..................................... 4-29
Cleaning Freeway .....................................4-42
Finish Care ................................ 6-54 Highway Hypnosis ...................4-45
Glass .......................................... 6-53 Hydroplaning ............................. 4-38
Inside of Vehicle ....................... 6-51 In Blizzard .................................4-53
Instrument Panel, Top .............6-53 In City ....................................... 4-41
Outside of Vehicle .................... 6-54 In Fog, MistandHaze.4-39,4-40
Special Problems ......................6-52 In Sand, Mud, Ice,
.
Vinyl or Leather ................-......6-53 Or Snow ..................... 4-32, 5-30

Wheels and Tires .....................6-55 In Rain ...................................... 4-37
Windshield ................................ 6-54 In Water .................................... 4-33
Clock ...3-10, 3-12, 3-14, 3-17, 3-21 Long Distance .......................... 4-44
Convenience Net ..........................2-57 Loss of Control ........................ 4-22
Conversion to Chassis Cab ........6-43 Night Vision .............................. 4-35
Coolant(See“Engine”) Off-Roading ...............................4-23
Cooling System Capacity ............ 6-62 On Curves .................................4-18
Crankcase Capacity......................6-62 On Grades ................................. 4-60
Cruise Control ................................2-41 On HillandMountainRoads . 4-46
Increase Speed ......................... 2-43 On Off-Road Hills ....................4-26
On Hills ...................................... 2-45 On Snow or Ice ....................... 4-51
Passing......................................2-45 Passing ............................4-20, 4-60
Reduce Speed .........................-2-44 Skidding ..................................... 4-22
Resume ..................................... 2-43 Stuck in Deep Snow .....4-54, 5-30
Set .............................................. 2-42 Through Water .............. 2-14, 4-33
To Get Out Of ..........................2-45 Uphill .......................................... 4-27
Customer Assistance for the Winter ........................................4-51
Hearing or Speech Impaired ....8-3 With a Trailer ............................4-59
CustomerSatisfactionProcedure.8-2 Drunken Driving .............................4-9
D E
DaytimeRunningLights ElectricalSystem
(Canada Only) ......2-48,2-49,2-71 Add-on Equipment...................6-59
Indicator Light .....2-48,2-49,2-71 Engine
DomeLights ................................. 2-50 AddingCoolant ...............5-12, 6-25
Doors ...............................................2-5 AirCleaner ................................ 6-14
Locks ........................................... 2-6 Block Heater .......... 2-15,3-7, 6-13
9-2
9-3 I
I HydraulicClutchGrease
If You’re Stuck In Sand. Mud Fitting .....................................6-34
Ice. or Snow ............................. 5-30 Hood Latches and Hinge ........6-36
Ignition Switch................................ 2-9 Lock Cylinders.......................... 6-36
Inflation-TirePressure .................6-44 PropellerShaftSlip
Instrument Panel ............... 2-58, 2-62 SplineslUniversal Joints.......6-36
Digital Cluster ................ 2-61, 2-62 Rear Axle .................................. 6-21
Standard Cluster............2-59, 2-60 Recommended Lubricants ...... 7-14
Transfer Case ............................ 6-21
J M
Jack Storage ...................... 5-17, 5-27
Jump Starting................................. 5-3 Maintenance
Other Items...............................6-34
K Periodic Inspections ................7-13
Key Release Lever .......................2-11 Record .......................................7-16
Keys .................................................
2-3 Scheduled Maintenance ............ 7-3
Underbody ................................. 6-55
L Master Cylinder (See“Brakes”)
Lights ........................................... 2-46 Mirrors ........................................... 2-50
Brake System Warning ............4-16 Convex Outside ........................ 2-51
Bulb Replacement .................... 6-31 inside ......................................... 2-51
Charging System Light ............2-70 Outside ......................................2-51
Check Gages Light ...................2-71 Vanity ......................................... 2-52
Dome Lights ............................. 2-50 Model Reference ...............................iii
Fog Lamps................................. 2-47
Front Parkingnurn Signal ........6-32 0
Indicator ........................ ..2-65, 2-70Odometer ............................ 2-62, 2-63
Headlights (See “Headlights”) Off-Road Driving (See “Driving”)
Malfunction Indicator ....2-68, 6-37 Off-Road Recovery ...................... 4-19
Operation................................... 2-37 Oil .................................................... 6-9
Service Engine Soon ...............6-37 Additives .................................... 6-13
Rear............................................ 6-33 Disposal of Used ......................6-14
Replacement Chart ...................6-63 Pressure Gage ..........................2-69
LoadingInformation .4-23, 6-38, 6-41 To Check ..................................6-10
Accelerator Control System ....6-35

.-
Loading Your Vehicle........4-23, 6-38 What Kind to Use....................6-11
Lubrication....................................
Body ...........................................
FrontAxle ........................ .....6-22
FrontSuspensionand
Steering Linkage...................6-34
6-35
36
When to Add ............................ 6-10
When to Change...................... 6-13
Owner Checks and Services ...... 7-11
Parking
P
On Hills ...........................4-48, 4-61
FrontWheelBearings Over Things That Burn ........... 2-25
(Two-Wheel Drive) ................6-34 TorqueLock (Automatic
Tailgate Handle ......................... 6-36 Transmission) ..............2-22, 4-50
YourVehicle (Manual Safety Chains ............................... 4-59
Transmission) ........................ 2-24 Safety Warnings and Symbols .... 0-2
Parking Brake ............................... 2-21 ScheduledMaintenance
Passing Other Vehicles .... 4.20. 4-60 Services .......................................7-3
Pavement Markings........................ 4-7 Seats
Payload Capacity .......................... 6-39 Controls ....................................... 1-2
PeriodicMaintenance Easy Entry Seat ......................... 1-5
Inspections................................ 7-13 Jump ............................................ 1-6
Power Latches ........................................ 1-4
Door Locks ..................................2-7 Manual Front .............................. 1-2
Steering...................................... 4-1 7 Manual Lumbar Adjustment ..... 1-4
Steering Fluid ............................6-27 Reclining ...................................... 1-3
Winches .................................... 4-62 Service
Product Service Publications........8-6 Do-It-Yourself .............................. 6-3
Parts Identification Label ........6-59
R Publications.........................8-6, 8-8
Radiator Pressure Cap ................6-26 ReplacementPartsand
Radio (See “Audio Systems”) Filter Recommendations......6-66
RecommendedFluids ServiceEngineSoonLight ........ 2-68
And Lubricants .......................... 7-14 Service Station Checks ............... 7-17
Recovery Hooks ...........................5-31 Shift Indicator Light .................... 2-72
Replacement Parts ....................... 6-61 Shift Light ..................................... 2-20
Reporting Safety Defects..............8-5 Shifting Into Park ........................ 2-23
Road Signs .....................................4-2 Sliding Rear Window ..................2-32
Roadside Assistance ...................... 8-5 Spare Tire ..................................... 5-20
Rocking Your Vehicle...................5-30 Removal..................................... 5-20
Storage ...................................... 5-27
S Specification Charts .................... 6-61
Safety Belts Speedometer ................................2-62
Cleaning ..................................... 6-53 Starting Your Engine ...................2-11
Checking Restraint System .....1-35 Steering......................................... 4-17
Child Restraints ........................ 1-26 In Emergencies ........................4-18
Small Children and Babies ......1-24 Tips ............................................ 4-18
Extender ....................................1-35 Storage Compartments...............2-55
Lap.............................................1-22 Sun Visors .................................... 2-52
Lap Shoulder ............................. 1-15 Swing-Out Windows .................... 2-32
Larger Children ......................... 1-32
Proper Wear .............................. 1-14 T
Questions and Answers...........1-12 Tachometer ................................... 2-65
Reminder Light .........................1-13 Tailgate ..........................................2-33
Replacing After a Crash ..........1-35 Theft ................................................ 2-8
Use During Pregnancy .............1-20 Thermostat .................................... 6-26
Why They Work .......................... 1-9 Tilt Wheel ..................................... 2-34
9-5
Tires ............................................... 6.43 Trip Odometer ..............................2-64
Balancing...................................6-48 Turn Signal/Multifunction Lever ..2-35
Chains ........................................6-49 TurnSignaVLaneChange
Changing a Flat .............5.16, 5-21 Indicator ................................. 2.73
Compact Spare ......................... 5-28
Flat..............................................5-15 V
...
. .
i-’.
.-
... .
HubCapsand
Wheel Nut Caps ...................5-22
Inspection and Rotation ..........6-44
Vehicle
DamageWarnings ..................... 0-3
Identification Number .............. 6-57
I
Loading...................................... 6-43 Loading ........................... 4.23. 6-38
New ............................................ 6-46 Storage ...................................... 6-31
Pressure .....................................6-44 Symbols .......................................0-4
Spare(See“SpareTire”) Ventilation System ......................... 3-3
Underbody Carrier .........5-1 9, 5-27 Air Vents ...................................... 3-4
Uniform Tire Quality Grading .6-47 Tips .............................................. 3-3
Towing Voltmeter ....................................... 2-75
A Trailer...................................... 4-56
Following Distance ................... 4-60 W
Maintenance .............................. 4-62 Warning
Recreational Vehicle .................4-54 Devices. Other ............................ 5-3
Towing Your Vehicle ...........4-54, 5-7 Lights.Gages.
Traffic Lights ................................... 4-6 And Indicators ...........2.65. 2-70
Trailer Wheels
Brakes ......................................... 4-59 Alignment and Tire Balance ... 6-48
Wiring Harness ..............2-75, 6-60 Aluminum ..................................6-55
TraileringPackage ........................ 6-40 HubCapsand
Transfer Case ................................. 6-21 Wheel Nut Caps ................... 5-22
Electronic ................................... 2-29 Nut Torque ................................ 6-61
Manual ....................................... 2-28 Replacement ............................. 6-48
Transmission Used Replacement ................... 6-49
Automatic ..................................2-16 Windows ........................................ 2-31
Five-Speed Manual...................2-19 Sliding Rear .............................. 2-32
Fluid ................................ 6-16, 6-19 Swing-Out.................................. 2-32
Fluid, To Add .................6-18, 6-20 Windshield Washer ...................... 2-40
Four-wheel Washer Fluid ............................ 6-28
(See “Four-wheel Drive”) Winter Driving .............................. 4-51
Manual Shift Speeds ............... 2-20 Wipers. Windshield 2.38.6.54. 6-60
Shift Light ................................. 2-20 Blade Chatter............................ 6-54
Torque Lock(Automatic Blade Inserts ....... .................... 6-35
Transmission) ..............2-18, 4-50 Cleaning Blades ........................ 6-54
Low Speed Delay ..................... 2-39
9-6
t '
.c , '
NOTES
,
NOTES
. i. .
Part No. C-9308
WE SUPPORT
VOLUNTARY TECHNICIAN
CERTIFICATION THROUGH
I
National lnstttute for
AUTOMOTIVE
SERVICE
EXCELLENCE

Chevrolet S10

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Chevrolet S10

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

I

The Pucks Youcan

f993 Chevrolet S f 0 Pickup

0 Copyright 7992 General Motors Corporation, Chevrolet Motor Division.

GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, Chevrolet, the Chevrolet Emblem,

How to Use this Manual

Comfort Confmls & Audio Sysfems

This section explains how to start and operate your vehicle.

’ This sectiontells you how to adjust the ventilation and comfort

This section tells you what to do if you have a problem while

’ Here the manual tells youhow to keepyour vehicle running

This sectiontells you how to contact your GM division for

Here’san alphabetical listing of almost every subject in this

Manypeoplereadtheirowner’smanualfrombeginning to endwhen theyfirst

Caution Protect Eyes Caustic Battery Acid park or Flame Could

Here are someothersymbols you maysee.

Hereyou’ll find informationabouttheseatsinyourvehicleandhowtouse

Smaller Children and Babies ..........................................................................1-24

You canlosecontrol of thevehicle if youtrytoadjustamanual

Manual Front‘ Seat

Movetheleverunderthefront of theseattowardyourdoortounlock it.

To adjusttheseatback, lift the lever on theouterside of theseat.Release

Manual Lumbar Adjustment

There’sonetime the seatbackmaynotfoldwithoutsomehelpfromyou.

To getout,again tilt theseatbackfullyforward.

Your extendedcabpickupmayhavejumpseats in the reararea. To fold the

Slidetheheadrestraint upordown so thatthetop of therestraint is closest

Thisfigurelights upwhenyou turnthe keyto RUN or START whenyour

Why Safety Belts Work

AM11 5003 AM115004

or the safety belts!

Whenthekeyisturned to RUN or START, alight will comeonforabout

3. Pickup the latchplateand pull thebeltacrossyou.Don’tlet it get

You canbeseriouslyhurt if yourshoulderbelt is tooloose. In a

A: The belt is buckled in the wrong, place.

Safetybeltsworkforeveryone,includingpregnantwomen.Like all occupants,

Whenyousitin a centerseatingposition,youhave a lapsafetybelt,which

Rear'S a t Passengers:(Extended Cab Jump Seats)

Theseare reserve seatingpositionsequ'ippedwithlapbelts only. It's very

Eachjumpseathasa lap beltwithnoretractor. To make thebeltlonger, tilt

Everyone in avehicleneedsprotection!Thatincludesinfantsand all children

A Neverholdababy in yourarmswhileriding in avehicle. A baby

If yourchildrestrainthasa top strap, it shouldbeanchored. If youneed to

Don’tuse childrestraints in thecenterposition of a 60/40 split-benchseat.

60/40 Split-Bench Seat

You’ll be using the lap-shoulder belt. Seetheearlierpartaboutthetopstrap

AN165148 AN1 65027

7. Pushandpullthe child restraint in differentdirectionsto be sure it is

backallthe way. Thesafetybelt will movefreelyagainandbereadytowork :.'

Childrenwhoaren’tbuckledcanstrikeotherpeople who are.

Theft ....................................................................................................................... 2-8

Warning Lights, Gages and Indicators ..........................................................2-65

The ig,nilion keys are for the ignition Only.

To open the doorfromtheinside, pull thelevertowardyouandpushthe

From theoutside: Use yourdoor key.

Power Door Locks

Onmanualtransmissionvehicles,turningthekey to “LOCK’ will lock

To Starz Your 2.5 -Liter (VIN Code A) L4 Engine:

ever nave your venue loweu, see 11

To Start Your 2.8 Liter (W/V Code R) and 4.3 Liter

Driving Through Deep Standing Water

In verycoldweather, 0°F (-18°C) orcolder,theoptionalengineblockheater

a Shifting out of P (Park)or N (Neutral) While your engine is “racing”

If youhaveamanualtransmission,youhavea SHIFT light. This lightwill